- Grid List
Filter
Description Author: T.R. Crompton ISBN 978-1-85957-492-8 Pages: 704 Soft-backed Summary This book describes the types of techniques now available to the polymer chemist and technician and discusses their capabilities, limitations, and applications. All types of modern instrumentation are covered including those used in general quality control, research analysis, process monitoring and for determining the mechanical, electrical,...
$297.00
in stock
{"id":11242228228,"title":"Polymer Reference Book","handle":"978-1-85957-492-8","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: T.R. Crompton \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-492-8 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePages: 704\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSoft-backed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThis book describes the types of techniques now available to the polymer chemist and technician and discusses their capabilities, limitations, and applications. All types of modern instrumentation are covered including those used in general quality control, research analysis, process monitoring and for determining the mechanical, electrical, thermal and optical characteristics. Aspects such as automated analysis and computerised control of instruments are also included. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe book covers not only instrumentation for the determination of metals, non metals, functional groups, polymer structural analysis and end-groups in the main types of polymers now in use commercially, but also the analysis of minor non-polymeric components of the polymer formulation, whether they be deliberately added, such as processing additives, or whether they occur adventitiously, such as residual volatiles and monomers and water. Fingerprinting techniques for the rapid identification of polymers and methods for the examination of polymer surfaces and polymer defects are also discussed. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe book gives an up-to-date and thorough exposition of the present state-of-the-art of the theory and availability of instrumentation needed to effect chemical and physical analysis of polymers. Over 1,800 references are included. The book should be of great interest to all those who are engaged in the examination of polymers in industry, university research establishments, and general education. The book is intended for all staff who are concerned with instrumentation in the polymer laboratory, including laboratory designers, work planners, chemists, engineers, chemical engineers and those concerned with the implementation of specifications and process control.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPreface \u003cbr\u003e1 Determination of Metals\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Destructive Techniques\u003cbr\u003e1.1.1 Atomic Absorption Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e1.1.2 Graphite Furnace Atomic Absorption Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e1.1.3 Atom Trapping Technique\u003cbr\u003e1.1.4 Vapour Generation Atomic Absorption Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e1.1.5 Zeeman Atomic Absorption Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e1.1.6 Inductively Coupled Plasma Atomic Emission Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e1.1.7 Hybrid Inductively Coupled Plasma Techniques\u003cbr\u003e1.1.8 Inductively Coupled Plasma Optical Emission Spectrometry–Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e1.1.9 Pre-concentration Atomic Absorption Spectrometry Techniques\u003cbr\u003e1.1.10 Microprocessors\u003cbr\u003e1.11 Autosamplers\u003cbr\u003e1.1.12 Applications: Atomic Absorption Spectrometric Determination of Metals\u003cbr\u003e1.1.13 Visible and UV Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e1.1.14 Polarography and Voltammetry\u003cbr\u003e1.1.15 Ion Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e1.2 Non-destructive Methods\u003cbr\u003e1.2.1 X-ray Fluorescence Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e1.2.2 Neutron Activation Analysis \u003cbr\u003e2 Non-metallic Elements\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Instrumentation: Furnace Combustion Methods\u003cbr\u003e2.1.1 Halogens\u003cbr\u003e2.1.2 Sulfur\u003cbr\u003e2.1.3 Total Sulfur\/Total Halogen\u003cbr\u003e2.1.4 Total Bound Nitrogen\u003cbr\u003e2.1.5 Nitrogen, Carbon, and Sulfur\u003cbr\u003e2.1.6 Carbon, Hydrogen, and Nitrogen\u003cbr\u003e2.1.7 Total Organic Carbon\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Oxygen Flask Combustion Methods\u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Total Halogens\u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Sulfur\u003cbr\u003e2.2.3 Oxygen Flask Combustion: Ion Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e2.2.4 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e2.2.5 Applications\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Acid and Solid Digestions of Polymers\u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Chlorine\u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Nitrogen\u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Phosphorus\u003cbr\u003e2.3.4 Silica\u003cbr\u003e2.4 X-ray Fluorescence Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e2.5 Antec 9000 Nitrogen\/Sulfur Analyser \u003cbr\u003e3 Functional Groups and Polymer Structure\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Infrared and Near-Infrared Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e3.1.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e3.1.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Fourier Transform Near-Infrared Raman Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e3.2.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e3.2.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e3.3.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e3.4.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e3.4.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Proton Magnetic Resonance (PMR) Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e3.5.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e3.5.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.6 Reaction Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e3.6.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e3.6.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.7 Pyrolysis Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e3.7.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e3.7.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e3.7.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.8 Pyrolysis Gas Chromatography–Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e3.8.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e3.8.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.9 Pyrolysis Gas Chromatography–Fourier Transform NMR Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e3.10 High-Performance Liquid Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e3.11 Mass Spectrometric Techniques\u003cbr\u003e3.11.1 Time-of-Flight Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry (ToF-SIMS)\u003cbr\u003e3.11.2 XPS\u003cbr\u003e3.11.3 Tandem Mass Spectrometry (MS\/MS)\u003cbr\u003e3.11.4 Fourier Transform Ion Cyclotron Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e3.11.5 MALDI-MS\u003cbr\u003e3.11.6 Radio Frequency Glow Discharge Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e3.12 Microthermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e3.13 Atomic Force Microscopy\u003cbr\u003e3.13.1 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.14 Scanning Electron Microscopy and Energy Dispersive Analysis using X-rays \u003cbr\u003e4 Examination of Polymer Surfaces and Defects\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Electron Microprobe X-ray Emission Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e4.2.1 Applications\u003cbr\u003e4.3 NMR Micro-imaging\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Diffusion Reflectance FT-IR Spectroscopy (Spectra-Tech)\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Attenuated Total Infrared Internal Reflectance (ATR) Spectroscopy (Spectra-Tech)\u003cbr\u003e4.7 External Reflectance Spectroscopy (Spectra-Tech)\u003cbr\u003e4.8 Photoacoustic Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e4.8.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e4.8.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e4.9 X-ray Diffraction\/Infrared Microscopy of Synthetic Fibres\u003cbr\u003e4.10 Scanning Electrochemical Microscopy (SECM)\u003cbr\u003e4.11 Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM)\u003cbr\u003e4.12 Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM)\u003cbr\u003e4.12.1 Electron Microscopy and Inverse Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e4.12.2 Supersonic Jet Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e4.13 ToF SIMS\u003cbr\u003e4.14 Laser-Induced Photoelectron Ionisation with Laser Desorption\u003cbr\u003e4.15 Atomic Force Microscopy\u003cbr\u003e4.16 Microthermal Analysis \u003cbr\u003e5 Volatiles and Water\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e5.1.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e5.1.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e5.2 High-Performance Liquid Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Polarography\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e5.4 Headspace Analysis\u003cbr\u003e5.4.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e5.4.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e5.5 Headspace Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e5.5.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e5.6 Purge and Trap Analysis\u003cbr\u003e5.6.1 Instrumentation \u003cbr\u003e6 Fingerprinting Techniques\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Glass Transition Temperature (Tg) and Melting Temperature (Tm)\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Pyrolysis Techniques\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1 Conventional Pyrolysis Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e6.2.2 Laser Pyrolysis Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e6.2.3 Photolysis Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e6.2.4 Pyrolysis Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Infrared Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e6.3.1 Potassium Bromide Discs\u003cbr\u003e6.3.2 Hot Pressed Film\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Pyrolysis Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e6.4.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e6.4.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e6.5 Raman Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e6.6 Fourier Transform Near-Infrared Raman Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e6.7 Radio Frequency and Low Discharge Mass Spectrometry \u003cbr\u003e7 Polymer Additives\u003cbr\u003e7.1 IR and Raman Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e7.1.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e7.1.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Ultraviolet Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e7.2.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e7.2.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.3 Luminescence and Fluorescence Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e7.3.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e7.3.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.4 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy (NMR)\u003cbr\u003e7.5 Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e7.5.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e7.5.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.6 Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e7.6.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e7.6.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.7 High-Performance Liquid Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e7.7.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e7.7.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e7.7.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.8 Complementary Techniques\u003cbr\u003e7.8.1 HPLC with Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e7.8.2 HPLC with IR Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e7.9 Ion Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e7.10 Supercritical Fluid Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e7.10.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e7.10.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e7.10.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.11 Thin-Layer Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e7.11.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e7.11.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.12 Polarography\u003cbr\u003e7.12.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e7.12.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.13 Pyrolysis-Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e7.14 X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e7.15 Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e7.16 X-ray Fluorescence Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e7.17 Solvent Extraction Systems \u003cbr\u003e8 Polymer Fractionation and Molecular Weight\u003cbr\u003e8.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e8.2 High-Performance GPC and SEC\u003cbr\u003e8.2.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e8.2.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e8.3 High-Performance Liquid Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e8.3.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e8.3.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e8.4 Supercritical Fluid Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e8.4.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e8.4.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e8.4.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e8.5 Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e8.6 Thin-Layer Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e8.7 NMR Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e8.8 Osmometry\u003cbr\u003e8.9 Light Scattering Methods\u003cbr\u003e8.10 Viscometry\u003cbr\u003e8.11 Ultracentrifugation\u003cbr\u003e8.12 Field Desorption Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e8.13 Capillary Electrophoresis\u003cbr\u003e8.14 Liquid Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e8.15 Ion Exchange Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e8.16 Liquid Adsorption Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e8.17 Time-of-Flight Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry (ToF SIMS)\u003cbr\u003e8.18 MALDI-MS\u003cbr\u003e8.19 Thermal Field Flow Fractionation\u003cbr\u003e8.20 Desorption Chemical Ionisation Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e8.21 Grazing Emission X-ray Fluorescence Spectrometry \u003cbr\u003e9 Thermal and Chemical Stability\u003cbr\u003e9.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e9.2 Theory\u003cbr\u003e9.2.1 Thermogravimetric Analysis\u003cbr\u003e9.2.2 Differential Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e9.2.3 Differential Scanning Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e9.2.4 Thermal Volatilisation Analysis\u003cbr\u003e9.2.5 Evolved Gas Analysis\u003cbr\u003e9.3 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e9.3.1 Instrumentation for TGA, DTA, and DSC\u003cbr\u003e9.3.2 Instrumentation for TVA and EGA\u003cbr\u003e9.4 Applications\u003cbr\u003e9.4.1 Thermogravimetric Analysis\u003cbr\u003e9.4.2 TGA–FT-IR Spectroscopy and DSC–FT-IR Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e9.4.3 Differential Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e9.4.4 Differential Scanning Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e9.4.5 Thermal Volatilisation Analysis\u003cbr\u003e9.4.6 EGA–TGA–Gas Chromatogravimetry and TGA–Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e9.4.7 Mass Spectrometric Methods\u003cbr\u003e9.5 Examination of Thermal Stability by a Variety of Techniques\u003cbr\u003e9.6 Heat Stability of Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e9.6.1 Influence of Pigmentation and UV Stabilisation on Heat Ageing Life \u003cbr\u003e10 Monitoring of Resin Cure\u003cbr\u003e10.1 Dynamic Mechanical Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e10.1.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e10.1.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e10.1.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e10.2 Dielectric Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e10.2.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e10.2.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e10.2.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e10.3 Differential Scanning Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e10.4 Fibre Optic Sensor to Monitor Resin Cure \u003cbr\u003e11 Oxidative Stability\u003cbr\u003e11.1 Theory and Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e11.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e11.2.1 Thermogravimetric Analysis\u003cbr\u003e11.2.2 Differential Scanning Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e11.2.3 Evolved Gas Analysis\u003cbr\u003e11.2.4 Infrared Spectroscopy of Oxidised Polymers\u003cbr\u003e11.2.5 Electron Spin Resonance Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e11.2.6 Matrix-Assisted Laser Desorption\/Ionisation Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e11.2.7 Imaging Chemiluminescence \u003cbr\u003e12 Examination of Photopolymers\u003cbr\u003e12.1 Differential Photocalorimetry\u003cbr\u003e12.1.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e12.1.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e12.1.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e12.2 Dynamic Mechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e12.3 Infrared and Ultraviolet Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e12.4 Gas Chromatography-Based Methods \u003cbr\u003e13 Glass Transition and Other Transitions\u003cbr\u003e13.1 Glass Transition\u003cbr\u003e13.2 Differential Scanning Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e13.2.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e13.2.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e13.2.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e13.3 Thermomechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e13.3.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e13.3.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e13.3.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e13.4 Dynamic Mechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e13.4.1 Applications\u003cbr\u003e13.5 Differential Thermal Analysis and Thermogravimetric Analysis\u003cbr\u003e13.6 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e13.7 Dielectric Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e13.8 Other Transitions (alpha, beta, and gamma)\u003cbr\u003e13.8.1 Differential Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e13.8.2 Dynamic Mechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e13.8.3 Dielectric Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e13.8.4 Thermomechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e13.8.5 Infrared Spectroscopy \u003cbr\u003e14 Crystallinity\u003cbr\u003e14.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e14.2 Differential Scanning Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e14.2.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e14.2.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e14.2.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e14.3 Differential Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e14.3.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e14.3.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e14.4 X-ray Powder Diffraction\u003cbr\u003e14.4.1 Applications\u003cbr\u003e14.5 Wide-Angle X-ray Scattering\/Diffraction\u003cbr\u003e14.5.1 Applications\u003cbr\u003e14.6 Small Angle X-ray Diffraction Scattering and Positron Annihilation Lifetime Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e14.6.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e14.6.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e14.7 Static and Dynamic Light Scattering\u003cbr\u003e14.7.1 Applications\u003cbr\u003e14.8 Infrared Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e14.8.1 Applications\u003cbr\u003e14.9 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance\u003cbr\u003e14.9.1 Applications \u003cbr\u003e15 Viscoelastic and Rheological Properties\u003cbr\u003e15.1 Dynamic Mechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e15.1.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e15.1.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e15.1.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e15.2 Thermomechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e15.2.1 Applications\u003cbr\u003e15.3 Dielectric Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e15.3.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e15.3.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e15.3.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e15.4 Further Viscoelastic Behaviour Studies\u003cbr\u003e15.5 Further Rheology Studies \u003cbr\u003e16 Thermal Properties\u003cbr\u003e16.1 Linear Coefficient of Expansion\u003cbr\u003e16.1.1 Dilatometric Method\u003cbr\u003e16.2 Melting Temperature\u003cbr\u003e16.2.1 Thermal Methods\u003cbr\u003e16.2.2 Fisher-Johns Apparatus\u003cbr\u003e16.3 Softening Point (Vicat)\u003cbr\u003e16.4 Heat Deflection\/Distortion Temperature\u003cbr\u003e16.4.1 Thermomechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e16.4.2 Martens Method\u003cbr\u003e16.4.3 Vicat Softening Point Apparatus\u003cbr\u003e16.4.4 Dynamic Mechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e16.5 Brittleness Temperature (Low-Temperature Embrittlement)\u003cbr\u003e16.6 Minimum Filming Temperature\u003cbr\u003e16.7 Delamination Temperature\u003cbr\u003e16.8 Melt Flow Index\u003cbr\u003e16.9 Heat of Volatilisation\u003cbr\u003e16.10 Thermal Conductivity\u003cbr\u003e16.11 Specific Heat\u003cbr\u003e16.11.1 Transient Plane Source Technique\u003cbr\u003e16.11.2 Hot Wire Parallel Technique\u003cbr\u003e16.12 Thermal Diffusivity\u003cbr\u003e16.13 Ageing in Air \u003cbr\u003e17 Flammability Testing\u003cbr\u003e17.1 Combustion Testing and Rating of Plastics\u003cbr\u003e17.1.1Introduction\u003cbr\u003e17.1.2 Mining Applications\u003cbr\u003e17.1.3 Electrical Applications\u003cbr\u003e17.1.4 Transportation Applications\u003cbr\u003e17.1.5 Furniture and Furnishing Applications\u003cbr\u003e17.1.6 Construction Material Applications\u003cbr\u003e17.1.7 Other Fire-Related Factors\u003cbr\u003e17.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e17.3 Examination of Combustible Polymer Products\u003cbr\u003e17.4 Oxygen Consumption Cone Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e17.5 Laser Pyrolysis–Time-of-Flight Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e17.6 Pyrolysis-Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e17.7 Thermogravimetric Analysis \u003cbr\u003e18 Mechanical, Electrical, and Optical Properties\u003cbr\u003e18.1 Mechanical Properties of Polymers\u003cbr\u003e18.1.1 Load-Bearing Characteristics of Polymers\u003cbr\u003e18.1.2 Impact Strength Characteristics of Polymers\u003cbr\u003e18.1.3 Measurement of Mechanical Properties in Polymers\u003cbr\u003e18.1.4 Properties of Polymer Film and Pipe\u003cbr\u003e18.1.5 Polymer Powders\u003cbr\u003e18.1.6 Physical Testing of Rubbers and Elastomers\u003cbr\u003e18.2 Electrical Properties\u003cbr\u003e18.2.1 Volume and Surface Resistivity\u003cbr\u003e18.2.2 Dielectric and Dissipation Factor\u003cbr\u003e18.2.3 Dielectric Strength (Dielectric Rigidity)\u003cbr\u003e18.2.4 Surface Arc Resistance\u003cbr\u003e18.2.5 Tracking Resistance\u003cbr\u003e18.3 Optical Properties and Light Stability\u003cbr\u003e18.3.1 Stress Optical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e18.3.2 Light Stability of Polyolefins\u003cbr\u003e18.3.3 Effect of Pigments\u003cbr\u003e18.3.4 Effect of Pigments in Combination with a UV Stabiliser\u003cbr\u003e18.3.5 Effect of Carbon Black\u003cbr\u003e18.3.6 Effect of Window Glass\u003cbr\u003e18.3.7 Effect of Sunlight on Impact Strength\u003cbr\u003e18.3.8 Effect of Thickness\u003cbr\u003e18.3.9 Effect of Stress During Exposure\u003cbr\u003e18.3.10 Effect of Molecular Weight\u003cbr\u003e18.3.11 Effect of Sunlight on the Surface Appearance of Pigmented Samples \u003cbr\u003e19 Miscellaneous Physical and Chemical Properties\u003cbr\u003e19.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e19.2 Particle Size Characteristics of Polymer Powders\u003cbr\u003e19.2.1 Methods Based on Electrical Sensing Zone (or Coulter Principle)\u003cbr\u003e19.2.2 Laser Particle Size Analysers\u003cbr\u003e19.2.3 Photon Correlation Spectroscopy (Autocorrelation Spectroscopy)\u003cbr\u003e19.2.4 Sedimentation\u003cbr\u003e19.2.5 Other Instrumentation \u003cbr\u003e20 Additive Migration from Packaged Commodities\u003cbr\u003e20.1 Polymer Additives\u003cbr\u003e20.2 Extraction Tests \u003cbr\u003eAppendix 1\u003cbr\u003eInstrument Suppliers\u003cbr\u003eThermal Properties of Polymers\u003cbr\u003eMechanical Properties of Polymers\u003cbr\u003ePhysical Testing of Polymer Powders\u003cbr\u003eElectrical Properties of Polymers\u003cbr\u003eOptical Properties of Polymers\u003cbr\u003ePhysical Testing of Rubbers and Elastomers\u003cbr\u003ePolymer Flammability Properties \u003cbr\u003eAddresses of Suppliers \u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations and Acronyms \u003cbr\u003eIndex\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nRoy Crompton was Head of the polymer analysis research department of a major international polymer producer for some 15 years. In the early fifties, he was heavily engaged in the development of methods of analysis for low-pressure polyolefins produced by the Ziegler-Natta route, including work on high-density polyethylene and polypropylene. He was responsible for the development of methods of analysis of the organoaluminum catalysts used for the synthesis of these polymers. He was also responsible for the development of thin-layer chromatography for the determination of various types of additives in polymers and did pioneering work on the use of TLC to separate polymer additives and to examine the separated additives by infrared and mass spectrometry. He retired in 1988 and has since been engaged as a consultant in the field of analytical chemistry and has written extensively on this subject, with some 20 books published.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:07-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:07-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2006","autosamplers","book","bound","carbon","destructive","determination","elastomers","emission","flammability","furnace","general","graphite","halogen","ion chromatography","metals","microprocessors","nitrogen","optical","physical","polarography","polymer","polymers","rubbers","spectrometry","sulfur","testing","UV spectroscopy","vapour","voltammetry","X-ray","Zeeman"],"price":29700,"price_min":29700,"price_max":29700,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378396420,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Polymer Reference Book","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":29700,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-492-8","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-492-8.jpg?v=1499952982"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-492-8.jpg?v=1499952982","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358550601821,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-492-8.jpg?v=1499952982"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-492-8.jpg?v=1499952982","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: T.R. Crompton \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-492-8 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePages: 704\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSoft-backed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThis book describes the types of techniques now available to the polymer chemist and technician and discusses their capabilities, limitations, and applications. All types of modern instrumentation are covered including those used in general quality control, research analysis, process monitoring and for determining the mechanical, electrical, thermal and optical characteristics. Aspects such as automated analysis and computerised control of instruments are also included. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe book covers not only instrumentation for the determination of metals, non metals, functional groups, polymer structural analysis and end-groups in the main types of polymers now in use commercially, but also the analysis of minor non-polymeric components of the polymer formulation, whether they be deliberately added, such as processing additives, or whether they occur adventitiously, such as residual volatiles and monomers and water. Fingerprinting techniques for the rapid identification of polymers and methods for the examination of polymer surfaces and polymer defects are also discussed. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe book gives an up-to-date and thorough exposition of the present state-of-the-art of the theory and availability of instrumentation needed to effect chemical and physical analysis of polymers. Over 1,800 references are included. The book should be of great interest to all those who are engaged in the examination of polymers in industry, university research establishments, and general education. The book is intended for all staff who are concerned with instrumentation in the polymer laboratory, including laboratory designers, work planners, chemists, engineers, chemical engineers and those concerned with the implementation of specifications and process control.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPreface \u003cbr\u003e1 Determination of Metals\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Destructive Techniques\u003cbr\u003e1.1.1 Atomic Absorption Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e1.1.2 Graphite Furnace Atomic Absorption Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e1.1.3 Atom Trapping Technique\u003cbr\u003e1.1.4 Vapour Generation Atomic Absorption Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e1.1.5 Zeeman Atomic Absorption Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e1.1.6 Inductively Coupled Plasma Atomic Emission Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e1.1.7 Hybrid Inductively Coupled Plasma Techniques\u003cbr\u003e1.1.8 Inductively Coupled Plasma Optical Emission Spectrometry–Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e1.1.9 Pre-concentration Atomic Absorption Spectrometry Techniques\u003cbr\u003e1.1.10 Microprocessors\u003cbr\u003e1.11 Autosamplers\u003cbr\u003e1.1.12 Applications: Atomic Absorption Spectrometric Determination of Metals\u003cbr\u003e1.1.13 Visible and UV Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e1.1.14 Polarography and Voltammetry\u003cbr\u003e1.1.15 Ion Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e1.2 Non-destructive Methods\u003cbr\u003e1.2.1 X-ray Fluorescence Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e1.2.2 Neutron Activation Analysis \u003cbr\u003e2 Non-metallic Elements\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Instrumentation: Furnace Combustion Methods\u003cbr\u003e2.1.1 Halogens\u003cbr\u003e2.1.2 Sulfur\u003cbr\u003e2.1.3 Total Sulfur\/Total Halogen\u003cbr\u003e2.1.4 Total Bound Nitrogen\u003cbr\u003e2.1.5 Nitrogen, Carbon, and Sulfur\u003cbr\u003e2.1.6 Carbon, Hydrogen, and Nitrogen\u003cbr\u003e2.1.7 Total Organic Carbon\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Oxygen Flask Combustion Methods\u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Total Halogens\u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Sulfur\u003cbr\u003e2.2.3 Oxygen Flask Combustion: Ion Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e2.2.4 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e2.2.5 Applications\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Acid and Solid Digestions of Polymers\u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Chlorine\u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Nitrogen\u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Phosphorus\u003cbr\u003e2.3.4 Silica\u003cbr\u003e2.4 X-ray Fluorescence Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e2.5 Antec 9000 Nitrogen\/Sulfur Analyser \u003cbr\u003e3 Functional Groups and Polymer Structure\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Infrared and Near-Infrared Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e3.1.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e3.1.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Fourier Transform Near-Infrared Raman Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e3.2.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e3.2.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e3.3.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e3.4.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e3.4.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Proton Magnetic Resonance (PMR) Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e3.5.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e3.5.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.6 Reaction Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e3.6.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e3.6.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.7 Pyrolysis Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e3.7.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e3.7.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e3.7.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.8 Pyrolysis Gas Chromatography–Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e3.8.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e3.8.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.9 Pyrolysis Gas Chromatography–Fourier Transform NMR Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e3.10 High-Performance Liquid Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e3.11 Mass Spectrometric Techniques\u003cbr\u003e3.11.1 Time-of-Flight Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry (ToF-SIMS)\u003cbr\u003e3.11.2 XPS\u003cbr\u003e3.11.3 Tandem Mass Spectrometry (MS\/MS)\u003cbr\u003e3.11.4 Fourier Transform Ion Cyclotron Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e3.11.5 MALDI-MS\u003cbr\u003e3.11.6 Radio Frequency Glow Discharge Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e3.12 Microthermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e3.13 Atomic Force Microscopy\u003cbr\u003e3.13.1 Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.14 Scanning Electron Microscopy and Energy Dispersive Analysis using X-rays \u003cbr\u003e4 Examination of Polymer Surfaces and Defects\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Electron Microprobe X-ray Emission Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e4.2.1 Applications\u003cbr\u003e4.3 NMR Micro-imaging\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Diffusion Reflectance FT-IR Spectroscopy (Spectra-Tech)\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Attenuated Total Infrared Internal Reflectance (ATR) Spectroscopy (Spectra-Tech)\u003cbr\u003e4.7 External Reflectance Spectroscopy (Spectra-Tech)\u003cbr\u003e4.8 Photoacoustic Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e4.8.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e4.8.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e4.9 X-ray Diffraction\/Infrared Microscopy of Synthetic Fibres\u003cbr\u003e4.10 Scanning Electrochemical Microscopy (SECM)\u003cbr\u003e4.11 Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM)\u003cbr\u003e4.12 Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM)\u003cbr\u003e4.12.1 Electron Microscopy and Inverse Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e4.12.2 Supersonic Jet Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e4.13 ToF SIMS\u003cbr\u003e4.14 Laser-Induced Photoelectron Ionisation with Laser Desorption\u003cbr\u003e4.15 Atomic Force Microscopy\u003cbr\u003e4.16 Microthermal Analysis \u003cbr\u003e5 Volatiles and Water\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e5.1.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e5.1.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e5.2 High-Performance Liquid Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Polarography\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e5.4 Headspace Analysis\u003cbr\u003e5.4.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e5.4.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e5.5 Headspace Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e5.5.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e5.6 Purge and Trap Analysis\u003cbr\u003e5.6.1 Instrumentation \u003cbr\u003e6 Fingerprinting Techniques\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Glass Transition Temperature (Tg) and Melting Temperature (Tm)\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Pyrolysis Techniques\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1 Conventional Pyrolysis Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e6.2.2 Laser Pyrolysis Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e6.2.3 Photolysis Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e6.2.4 Pyrolysis Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Infrared Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e6.3.1 Potassium Bromide Discs\u003cbr\u003e6.3.2 Hot Pressed Film\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Pyrolysis Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e6.4.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e6.4.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e6.5 Raman Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e6.6 Fourier Transform Near-Infrared Raman Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e6.7 Radio Frequency and Low Discharge Mass Spectrometry \u003cbr\u003e7 Polymer Additives\u003cbr\u003e7.1 IR and Raman Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e7.1.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e7.1.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Ultraviolet Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e7.2.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e7.2.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.3 Luminescence and Fluorescence Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e7.3.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e7.3.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.4 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy (NMR)\u003cbr\u003e7.5 Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e7.5.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e7.5.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.6 Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e7.6.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e7.6.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.7 High-Performance Liquid Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e7.7.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e7.7.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e7.7.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.8 Complementary Techniques\u003cbr\u003e7.8.1 HPLC with Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e7.8.2 HPLC with IR Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e7.9 Ion Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e7.10 Supercritical Fluid Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e7.10.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e7.10.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e7.10.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.11 Thin-Layer Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e7.11.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e7.11.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.12 Polarography\u003cbr\u003e7.12.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e7.12.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.13 Pyrolysis-Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e7.14 X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e7.15 Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e7.16 X-ray Fluorescence Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e7.17 Solvent Extraction Systems \u003cbr\u003e8 Polymer Fractionation and Molecular Weight\u003cbr\u003e8.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e8.2 High-Performance GPC and SEC\u003cbr\u003e8.2.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e8.2.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e8.3 High-Performance Liquid Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e8.3.1 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e8.3.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e8.4 Supercritical Fluid Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e8.4.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e8.4.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e8.4.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e8.5 Gas Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e8.6 Thin-Layer Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e8.7 NMR Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e8.8 Osmometry\u003cbr\u003e8.9 Light Scattering Methods\u003cbr\u003e8.10 Viscometry\u003cbr\u003e8.11 Ultracentrifugation\u003cbr\u003e8.12 Field Desorption Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e8.13 Capillary Electrophoresis\u003cbr\u003e8.14 Liquid Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e8.15 Ion Exchange Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e8.16 Liquid Adsorption Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e8.17 Time-of-Flight Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry (ToF SIMS)\u003cbr\u003e8.18 MALDI-MS\u003cbr\u003e8.19 Thermal Field Flow Fractionation\u003cbr\u003e8.20 Desorption Chemical Ionisation Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e8.21 Grazing Emission X-ray Fluorescence Spectrometry \u003cbr\u003e9 Thermal and Chemical Stability\u003cbr\u003e9.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e9.2 Theory\u003cbr\u003e9.2.1 Thermogravimetric Analysis\u003cbr\u003e9.2.2 Differential Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e9.2.3 Differential Scanning Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e9.2.4 Thermal Volatilisation Analysis\u003cbr\u003e9.2.5 Evolved Gas Analysis\u003cbr\u003e9.3 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e9.3.1 Instrumentation for TGA, DTA, and DSC\u003cbr\u003e9.3.2 Instrumentation for TVA and EGA\u003cbr\u003e9.4 Applications\u003cbr\u003e9.4.1 Thermogravimetric Analysis\u003cbr\u003e9.4.2 TGA–FT-IR Spectroscopy and DSC–FT-IR Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e9.4.3 Differential Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e9.4.4 Differential Scanning Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e9.4.5 Thermal Volatilisation Analysis\u003cbr\u003e9.4.6 EGA–TGA–Gas Chromatogravimetry and TGA–Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e9.4.7 Mass Spectrometric Methods\u003cbr\u003e9.5 Examination of Thermal Stability by a Variety of Techniques\u003cbr\u003e9.6 Heat Stability of Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e9.6.1 Influence of Pigmentation and UV Stabilisation on Heat Ageing Life \u003cbr\u003e10 Monitoring of Resin Cure\u003cbr\u003e10.1 Dynamic Mechanical Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e10.1.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e10.1.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e10.1.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e10.2 Dielectric Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e10.2.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e10.2.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e10.2.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e10.3 Differential Scanning Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e10.4 Fibre Optic Sensor to Monitor Resin Cure \u003cbr\u003e11 Oxidative Stability\u003cbr\u003e11.1 Theory and Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e11.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e11.2.1 Thermogravimetric Analysis\u003cbr\u003e11.2.2 Differential Scanning Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e11.2.3 Evolved Gas Analysis\u003cbr\u003e11.2.4 Infrared Spectroscopy of Oxidised Polymers\u003cbr\u003e11.2.5 Electron Spin Resonance Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e11.2.6 Matrix-Assisted Laser Desorption\/Ionisation Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e11.2.7 Imaging Chemiluminescence \u003cbr\u003e12 Examination of Photopolymers\u003cbr\u003e12.1 Differential Photocalorimetry\u003cbr\u003e12.1.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e12.1.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e12.1.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e12.2 Dynamic Mechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e12.3 Infrared and Ultraviolet Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e12.4 Gas Chromatography-Based Methods \u003cbr\u003e13 Glass Transition and Other Transitions\u003cbr\u003e13.1 Glass Transition\u003cbr\u003e13.2 Differential Scanning Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e13.2.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e13.2.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e13.2.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e13.3 Thermomechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e13.3.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e13.3.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e13.3.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e13.4 Dynamic Mechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e13.4.1 Applications\u003cbr\u003e13.5 Differential Thermal Analysis and Thermogravimetric Analysis\u003cbr\u003e13.6 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e13.7 Dielectric Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e13.8 Other Transitions (alpha, beta, and gamma)\u003cbr\u003e13.8.1 Differential Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e13.8.2 Dynamic Mechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e13.8.3 Dielectric Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e13.8.4 Thermomechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e13.8.5 Infrared Spectroscopy \u003cbr\u003e14 Crystallinity\u003cbr\u003e14.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e14.2 Differential Scanning Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e14.2.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e14.2.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e14.2.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e14.3 Differential Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e14.3.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e14.3.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e14.4 X-ray Powder Diffraction\u003cbr\u003e14.4.1 Applications\u003cbr\u003e14.5 Wide-Angle X-ray Scattering\/Diffraction\u003cbr\u003e14.5.1 Applications\u003cbr\u003e14.6 Small Angle X-ray Diffraction Scattering and Positron Annihilation Lifetime Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e14.6.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e14.6.2 Applications\u003cbr\u003e14.7 Static and Dynamic Light Scattering\u003cbr\u003e14.7.1 Applications\u003cbr\u003e14.8 Infrared Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e14.8.1 Applications\u003cbr\u003e14.9 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance\u003cbr\u003e14.9.1 Applications \u003cbr\u003e15 Viscoelastic and Rheological Properties\u003cbr\u003e15.1 Dynamic Mechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e15.1.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e15.1.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e15.1.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e15.2 Thermomechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e15.2.1 Applications\u003cbr\u003e15.3 Dielectric Thermal Analysis\u003cbr\u003e15.3.1 Theory\u003cbr\u003e15.3.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e15.3.3 Applications\u003cbr\u003e15.4 Further Viscoelastic Behaviour Studies\u003cbr\u003e15.5 Further Rheology Studies \u003cbr\u003e16 Thermal Properties\u003cbr\u003e16.1 Linear Coefficient of Expansion\u003cbr\u003e16.1.1 Dilatometric Method\u003cbr\u003e16.2 Melting Temperature\u003cbr\u003e16.2.1 Thermal Methods\u003cbr\u003e16.2.2 Fisher-Johns Apparatus\u003cbr\u003e16.3 Softening Point (Vicat)\u003cbr\u003e16.4 Heat Deflection\/Distortion Temperature\u003cbr\u003e16.4.1 Thermomechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e16.4.2 Martens Method\u003cbr\u003e16.4.3 Vicat Softening Point Apparatus\u003cbr\u003e16.4.4 Dynamic Mechanical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e16.5 Brittleness Temperature (Low-Temperature Embrittlement)\u003cbr\u003e16.6 Minimum Filming Temperature\u003cbr\u003e16.7 Delamination Temperature\u003cbr\u003e16.8 Melt Flow Index\u003cbr\u003e16.9 Heat of Volatilisation\u003cbr\u003e16.10 Thermal Conductivity\u003cbr\u003e16.11 Specific Heat\u003cbr\u003e16.11.1 Transient Plane Source Technique\u003cbr\u003e16.11.2 Hot Wire Parallel Technique\u003cbr\u003e16.12 Thermal Diffusivity\u003cbr\u003e16.13 Ageing in Air \u003cbr\u003e17 Flammability Testing\u003cbr\u003e17.1 Combustion Testing and Rating of Plastics\u003cbr\u003e17.1.1Introduction\u003cbr\u003e17.1.2 Mining Applications\u003cbr\u003e17.1.3 Electrical Applications\u003cbr\u003e17.1.4 Transportation Applications\u003cbr\u003e17.1.5 Furniture and Furnishing Applications\u003cbr\u003e17.1.6 Construction Material Applications\u003cbr\u003e17.1.7 Other Fire-Related Factors\u003cbr\u003e17.2 Instrumentation\u003cbr\u003e17.3 Examination of Combustible Polymer Products\u003cbr\u003e17.4 Oxygen Consumption Cone Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e17.5 Laser Pyrolysis–Time-of-Flight Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e17.6 Pyrolysis-Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry\u003cbr\u003e17.7 Thermogravimetric Analysis \u003cbr\u003e18 Mechanical, Electrical, and Optical Properties\u003cbr\u003e18.1 Mechanical Properties of Polymers\u003cbr\u003e18.1.1 Load-Bearing Characteristics of Polymers\u003cbr\u003e18.1.2 Impact Strength Characteristics of Polymers\u003cbr\u003e18.1.3 Measurement of Mechanical Properties in Polymers\u003cbr\u003e18.1.4 Properties of Polymer Film and Pipe\u003cbr\u003e18.1.5 Polymer Powders\u003cbr\u003e18.1.6 Physical Testing of Rubbers and Elastomers\u003cbr\u003e18.2 Electrical Properties\u003cbr\u003e18.2.1 Volume and Surface Resistivity\u003cbr\u003e18.2.2 Dielectric and Dissipation Factor\u003cbr\u003e18.2.3 Dielectric Strength (Dielectric Rigidity)\u003cbr\u003e18.2.4 Surface Arc Resistance\u003cbr\u003e18.2.5 Tracking Resistance\u003cbr\u003e18.3 Optical Properties and Light Stability\u003cbr\u003e18.3.1 Stress Optical Analysis\u003cbr\u003e18.3.2 Light Stability of Polyolefins\u003cbr\u003e18.3.3 Effect of Pigments\u003cbr\u003e18.3.4 Effect of Pigments in Combination with a UV Stabiliser\u003cbr\u003e18.3.5 Effect of Carbon Black\u003cbr\u003e18.3.6 Effect of Window Glass\u003cbr\u003e18.3.7 Effect of Sunlight on Impact Strength\u003cbr\u003e18.3.8 Effect of Thickness\u003cbr\u003e18.3.9 Effect of Stress During Exposure\u003cbr\u003e18.3.10 Effect of Molecular Weight\u003cbr\u003e18.3.11 Effect of Sunlight on the Surface Appearance of Pigmented Samples \u003cbr\u003e19 Miscellaneous Physical and Chemical Properties\u003cbr\u003e19.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e19.2 Particle Size Characteristics of Polymer Powders\u003cbr\u003e19.2.1 Methods Based on Electrical Sensing Zone (or Coulter Principle)\u003cbr\u003e19.2.2 Laser Particle Size Analysers\u003cbr\u003e19.2.3 Photon Correlation Spectroscopy (Autocorrelation Spectroscopy)\u003cbr\u003e19.2.4 Sedimentation\u003cbr\u003e19.2.5 Other Instrumentation \u003cbr\u003e20 Additive Migration from Packaged Commodities\u003cbr\u003e20.1 Polymer Additives\u003cbr\u003e20.2 Extraction Tests \u003cbr\u003eAppendix 1\u003cbr\u003eInstrument Suppliers\u003cbr\u003eThermal Properties of Polymers\u003cbr\u003eMechanical Properties of Polymers\u003cbr\u003ePhysical Testing of Polymer Powders\u003cbr\u003eElectrical Properties of Polymers\u003cbr\u003eOptical Properties of Polymers\u003cbr\u003ePhysical Testing of Rubbers and Elastomers\u003cbr\u003ePolymer Flammability Properties \u003cbr\u003eAddresses of Suppliers \u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations and Acronyms \u003cbr\u003eIndex\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nRoy Crompton was Head of the polymer analysis research department of a major international polymer producer for some 15 years. In the early fifties, he was heavily engaged in the development of methods of analysis for low-pressure polyolefins produced by the Ziegler-Natta route, including work on high-density polyethylene and polypropylene. He was responsible for the development of methods of analysis of the organoaluminum catalysts used for the synthesis of these polymers. He was also responsible for the development of thin-layer chromatography for the determination of various types of additives in polymers and did pioneering work on the use of TLC to separate polymer additives and to examine the separated additives by infrared and mass spectrometry. He retired in 1988 and has since been engaged as a consultant in the field of analytical chemistry and has written extensively on this subject, with some 20 books published."}
Description Author: Yuri S. Lipatov 10-ISBN 1-895198-08-9 13-ISBN 978-1-895198-08-9 Academy of Sciences of Ukraine385 pages, 117 figures Summary The main topics of this book are fillers, their interface with polymers, composites, blends, and alloys. Treatment of the subject is fundamental based on principles of surface phenomena, the physico-chemical theory of filling, the theory of adsorption, surface adhesion,...
$225.00
in stock
{"id":11242239236,"title":"Polymer Reinforcement","handle":"1-895198-08-9","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Yuri S. Lipatov \u003cbr\u003e10-ISBN 1-895198-08-9 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e13-ISBN 978-1-895198-08-9 \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAcademy of Sciences of Ukraine\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e385 pages, 117 figures\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe main topics of this book are fillers, their interface with polymers, composites, blends, and alloys. Treatment of the subject is fundamental based on principles of surface phenomena, the physico-chemical theory of filling, the theory of adsorption, surface adhesion, etc. Each concept is illustrated by practical consequences for real materials which allow for easy transfer of experiences from one discipline to the other and makes book invaluable for material scientists, technologists, and engineers also in scopes other than polymers. (\"The details of the mechanisms of reinforcement may be different in each case but physico-chemical principles remain valid\". Lipatov, Foreword). The book contains in-depth analysis of methods by which materials properties can be improved by fostering interaction between components of existing formulation that constitutes the most economical method of upgrading of materials even with the frequent reduction of material cost. Application of these methods requires fundamental understanding.\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe basic theories of polymer adsorption\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdhesion of polymers at the interface with solid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSurface layers of polymers at the interface with solids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThermodynamic and kinetic aspects of reinforcement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eViscoelastic properties of reinforced polymers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePolymer alloys as composites\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFilled polymer alloys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConcluding remarks on the mechanism of reinforcing the action of fillers in polymers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\nAuthor and his group in Academy of Sciences in Kiev, composed of world recognized scientists, have been working on this subject for 35 years gaining recognition for their original results and very good knowledge of world literature in the field. Broad scientific experiences, deep understanding of the most current findings, the well-thought concept of presentation makes this book very essential for those working in any area of polymers but other disciplines such as rubber, coatings, inks, pharmaceutical sciences, cosmetics, food industry, paper industry, etc. will also find this book invaluable. It should be noted that book contains a broad discussion of adhesion and interphasial phenomena, and this knowledge is applied to composites, blends, and alloys.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:40-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:40-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["1995","adhesion","adsorption","alloys","blends","coatings","composites","cosmetics","fillers","food","inks","interface","paper","pharmaceutical","polymer","polymers","reinforcement","rubber","surface"],"price":22500,"price_min":22500,"price_max":22500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378432516,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Polymer Reinforcement","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":22500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"1-895198-08-9","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/1-895198-08-9.jpg?v=1503689502"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/1-895198-08-9.jpg?v=1503689502","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":410053509213,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/1-895198-08-9.jpg?v=1503689502"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/1-895198-08-9.jpg?v=1503689502","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Yuri S. Lipatov \u003cbr\u003e10-ISBN 1-895198-08-9 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e13-ISBN 978-1-895198-08-9 \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAcademy of Sciences of Ukraine\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e385 pages, 117 figures\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe main topics of this book are fillers, their interface with polymers, composites, blends, and alloys. Treatment of the subject is fundamental based on principles of surface phenomena, the physico-chemical theory of filling, the theory of adsorption, surface adhesion, etc. Each concept is illustrated by practical consequences for real materials which allow for easy transfer of experiences from one discipline to the other and makes book invaluable for material scientists, technologists, and engineers also in scopes other than polymers. (\"The details of the mechanisms of reinforcement may be different in each case but physico-chemical principles remain valid\". Lipatov, Foreword). The book contains in-depth analysis of methods by which materials properties can be improved by fostering interaction between components of existing formulation that constitutes the most economical method of upgrading of materials even with the frequent reduction of material cost. Application of these methods requires fundamental understanding.\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe basic theories of polymer adsorption\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdhesion of polymers at the interface with solid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSurface layers of polymers at the interface with solids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThermodynamic and kinetic aspects of reinforcement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eViscoelastic properties of reinforced polymers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePolymer alloys as composites\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFilled polymer alloys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConcluding remarks on the mechanism of reinforcing the action of fillers in polymers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\nAuthor and his group in Academy of Sciences in Kiev, composed of world recognized scientists, have been working on this subject for 35 years gaining recognition for their original results and very good knowledge of world literature in the field. Broad scientific experiences, deep understanding of the most current findings, the well-thought concept of presentation makes this book very essential for those working in any area of polymers but other disciplines such as rubber, coatings, inks, pharmaceutical sciences, cosmetics, food industry, paper industry, etc. will also find this book invaluable. It should be noted that book contains a broad discussion of adhesion and interphasial phenomena, and this knowledge is applied to composites, blends, and alloys.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e"}
Description Author: Ed. Manfred Stamm ISBN 978-3-540-73864-0 Approx., 300 p., HardcoverNot yet published. Available: January 3, 2008 Summary Surfaces and interfaces of polymers play an important role in most of the application areas of polymers, e.g. moulds, foils, thin films, coatings, adhesive joints, blends, composites, biomaterials or applications in micro- and nanotechnology. Therefore it is very...
$209.00
in stock
{"id":11242247300,"title":"Polymer Surfaces and Interfaces","handle":"978-3-540-73864-0","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Ed. Manfred Stamm \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-3-540-73864-0 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eApprox., 300 p., Hardcover\u003cbr\u003eNot yet published. Available: January 3, 2008\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nSurfaces and interfaces of polymers play an important role in most of the application areas of polymers, e.g. moulds, foils, thin films, coatings, adhesive joints, blends, composites, biomaterials or applications in micro- and nanotechnology. Therefore it is very important to be able to characterize these surfaces and interfaces in detail. In Polymer Surfaces and Interfaces, experts provide concise explanations, with examples and illustrations, of the key techniques. In each case, after basic principles have been reviewed, applications of the experimental techniques are discussed and illustrated with specific examples. Scientists and engineers in research and development will benefit from an application-oriented book that helps them to find solutions to both fundamental and applied problems.\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nM. Stamm: Review of Polymer Surface and Interface Characterization Techniques.\n\u003cp\u003eP. Müller-Buschbaum: Structure determination in the thin film geometry using grazing incidence small angle scattering.-\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eM. Müller: Vibrational Spectroscopic and Optical Methods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eD. Pleul and F. Simon: X-Ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eD. Pleul and F. Simon: Time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eK. Grundke: Characterization of polymer surfaces by wetting and electrokinetic measurements- contact angle, interfacial tension, zeta potential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eK. Schneider: Mechanical properties of polymers at surfaces and interfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eP. Busch and R. Weidisch: Interfaces between Incompatible Polymers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eM. Müller: Liquid-liquid and liquid-vapor interfaces in polymeric systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eM. Nitschke: Plasma Modification of Polymer Surfaces and Plasma Polymerization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eS. Minko: Grafting on solid surfaces: \"Grafting to\" and \"Grafting from\" Methods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eC. Bellmann: Surface Modification by Adsorption of Polymers and Surfactants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA. Sydorenko: Nanostructures in thin films from nanostructured polymeric templates, self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eD. Pospiech: Influencing the interface in polymer blends by compatibilization with block copolymers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eC. Werner: Interfacial Phenomena at Biomaterials.\u003c\/p\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:15:06-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:15:06-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2008","adhesive joints","application","biomaterials","blends","book","coatings","composites","contac angle","foils","grafting","interfaces","microtechnology","moulds","nanotechnology","opyical methods","p-properties","plasma","polymer","polymerization","polymers","spectrometry","spectroscopic","Springer","Surfaces","tension","thin films","X-ray"],"price":20900,"price_min":20900,"price_max":20900,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378464004,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Polymer Surfaces and Interfaces","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":20900,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-3-540-73864-0","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-3-540-73864-0.jpg?v=1499953029"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-3-540-73864-0.jpg?v=1499953029","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358551584861,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-3-540-73864-0.jpg?v=1499953029"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-3-540-73864-0.jpg?v=1499953029","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Ed. Manfred Stamm \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-3-540-73864-0 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eApprox., 300 p., Hardcover\u003cbr\u003eNot yet published. Available: January 3, 2008\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nSurfaces and interfaces of polymers play an important role in most of the application areas of polymers, e.g. moulds, foils, thin films, coatings, adhesive joints, blends, composites, biomaterials or applications in micro- and nanotechnology. Therefore it is very important to be able to characterize these surfaces and interfaces in detail. In Polymer Surfaces and Interfaces, experts provide concise explanations, with examples and illustrations, of the key techniques. In each case, after basic principles have been reviewed, applications of the experimental techniques are discussed and illustrated with specific examples. Scientists and engineers in research and development will benefit from an application-oriented book that helps them to find solutions to both fundamental and applied problems.\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nM. Stamm: Review of Polymer Surface and Interface Characterization Techniques.\n\u003cp\u003eP. Müller-Buschbaum: Structure determination in the thin film geometry using grazing incidence small angle scattering.-\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eM. Müller: Vibrational Spectroscopic and Optical Methods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eD. Pleul and F. Simon: X-Ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eD. Pleul and F. Simon: Time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eK. Grundke: Characterization of polymer surfaces by wetting and electrokinetic measurements- contact angle, interfacial tension, zeta potential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eK. Schneider: Mechanical properties of polymers at surfaces and interfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eP. Busch and R. Weidisch: Interfaces between Incompatible Polymers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eM. Müller: Liquid-liquid and liquid-vapor interfaces in polymeric systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eM. Nitschke: Plasma Modification of Polymer Surfaces and Plasma Polymerization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eS. Minko: Grafting on solid surfaces: \"Grafting to\" and \"Grafting from\" Methods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eC. Bellmann: Surface Modification by Adsorption of Polymers and Surfactants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA. Sydorenko: Nanostructures in thin films from nanostructured polymeric templates, self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eD. Pospiech: Influencing the interface in polymer blends by compatibilization with block copolymers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eC. Werner: Interfacial Phenomena at Biomaterials.\u003c\/p\u003e"}
Description Author: Masami Okamoto, Toyota Technological Institute ISBN 978-1-85957-391-4 166 pages, Soft-backedVol. 14, no. 7, report 163, 2003 Summary Polymer/clay nanocomposites have received a lot of attention over the last decade. Companies such as Nanocor and Honeywell are already commercially exploiting nanocomposite materials. A small amount of nanodispersed filler leads to an improvement in material properties,...
$130.00
in stock
{"id":11242226436,"title":"Polymer\/Layered Silicate Nanocomposites","handle":"978-1-85957-391-4","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Masami Okamoto, Toyota Technological Institute \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-391-4 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e166 pages, Soft-backed\u003cbr\u003eVol. 14, no. 7, report 163, 2003\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPolymer\/clay nanocomposites have received a lot of attention over the last decade. Companies such as Nanocor and Honeywell are already commercially exploiting nanocomposite materials. A small amount of nanodispersed filler leads to an improvement in material properties, such as modulus, strength, heat resistance, flame retardancy, and lowered gas permeability. Adding clay nanofillers to biodegradable polymers has also been shown to enhance compostability.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe enhancement of material properties has been linked to the interfacial interaction between the polymer matrix and the organically modified layered silicate filler structure. The filler particles provide a very high surface area.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMontmorillonite, hectorite, and saponite are the most commonly used layered silicates. For a nanocomposite to be formed successfully, the mineral must disperse into separate layers. The surface chemistry is also important - ion exchange reactions with cations (commonly alkyl ammonium or alkyl phosphonium cations) allow the silicate to be compatibilised with the polymer matrix. The strong interactions between the two materials lead to dispersion at the nanometre level.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePolymer\/layered silicate nanocomposites are prepared by a variety of routes. One of the first materials, a Nylon 6 nanocomposite, was prepared by in situ polymerisation of -caprolactam in a dispersion of montmorillonite. The silicate can be dispersed in a liquid monomer or a solution of monomer. It has also been possible to melt-mix polymers with layered silicates, avoiding the use of organic solvents. The latter method permits the use of conventional processing techniques such as injection moulding and extrusion.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNanocomposites have been formed with a wide variety of polymers including: epoxy, polyurethane, polyetherimide, poybenzoxazine, polypropylene, polystyrene, polymethyl methacrylate, polycaprolactone, polyacrylonitrile, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyethylene glycol, polyvinylidene fluoride, polybutadiene, copolymers and liquid crystalline polymers. Summaries of the work carried out on these different materials and references to these studies are included in this Rapra Review Report.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMany studies have been carried out to characterise different nanocomposites. Techniques in use include wide-angle X-ray diffraction and transmission electron microscopy.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eProcessing techniques are critical in polymer manufacturing and this holds true for nanocomposites. Several processing methods and innovative techniques are discussed. For example, Nylon 6 clay nanocomposites have been electrospun from solution, which resulted in highly aligned clay particles.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo other types of nanofiller are briefly described here. Polyhedral oligomeric silsesquioxane (POSS) nanoparticles combine organic and inorganic segments with nanosized cage structures. Carbon nanotubes have also been examined as they offer unique mechanical and electrical properties.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis review is accompanied by around 400 abstracts compiled from the Polymer Library, to facilitate further reading on this subject. A subject index and a company index are included. The majority of these references are cited in the review, which is exceptionally well referenced.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNanocomposite structure \u003cbr\u003eNanocomposite properties \u003cbr\u003eNanocomposite preparation \u003cbr\u003eDifferent polymer nanocomposites \u003cbr\u003eProcessing nanocomposites \u003cbr\u003eWell referenced\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.Introduction\u003cbr\u003e2. Layered Silicates \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Structure and Properties\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Organophilic Modification\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Preparative Methods for PLS Nanocomposites\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Intercalation of Polymer or Pre-Polymer from Solution\u003cbr\u003e3.2 In Situ Intercalative Polymerisation Method\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Melt Intercalation Method\u0026lt;\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. Structure and Characterisation of PLS Nanocomposites \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Structure of PLS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Characterisation of PLS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Types of Polymers for the Preparation of Nanocomposites \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Vinyl Polymer Systems\u003cbr\u003e5.1.1 PS\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.1.2 PMMA\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.1.3 PVA\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.1.4 Block Copolymer\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Condensation Polymers and Rubbers\u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Nylon\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 PCL\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.2.3 PET\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.2.4 PBT\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.2.5 PC\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6 PEO\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7 LCP\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.2.8 PBO\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.2.9 EPR\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.2.10 PU\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.2.11 Polyimide\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Polyolefins\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 PP\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 PE\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.4 Speciality Polymers\u003cbr\u003e5.4.1 PANI\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.4.2 PNVC\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.5 Biodegradable Polymers\u003cbr\u003e5.5.1 PLA\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.5.2 PBS\/Clay Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6. Properties of PLS Nanocomposite Materials \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Dynamic Mechanical Analysis (DMA)\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Tensile Properties\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Flexural Properties and Heat Distortion Temperature\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Thermal Stability\u003cbr\u003e6.5 Fire Retardant Properties\u003cbr\u003e6.6 Gas Barrier Properties\u003cbr\u003e6.7 Ionic Conductivity\u003cbr\u003e6.8 Optical Transparency\u003cbr\u003e6.9 Biodegradability\u003cbr\u003e6.10 Crystallisation\u003cbr\u003e6.10.1 Spherulite Growth\u003cbr\u003e6.10.2 Effect of Intercalation on Enhancement of Dynamic Modulus\u003cbr\u003e6.10.3 Crystallisation Controlled by Silicate Surfaces\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7. Melt Rheology \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Linear Viscoelastic Properties\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Elongational Flow and Strain-Induced Hardening\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8. Processing Operations \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8.1 Foam Processing Using Supercritical CO2\u003cbr\u003e8.2 Shear Flow Processing\u003cbr\u003e8.3 Electrospinning\u003cbr\u003e8.4 Porous Ceramic Materials\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e9. Multifunctional Polyhedral Oligomeric Silsesquioxane Nanocomposites \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10. Carbon Nanotube Polymer Composites\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e11. Outlook\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAdditional References\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nProfessor Musami Okamoto is a world-renowned expert in the field of polymer\/clay nanocomposites. He is currently a Professor at the Graduate School of Engineering, in the Toyota Technological Institute. He received a Ph.D. in 1994 from the Tokyo Institute of Technology on Structure Development during Melt Processing and Mechanical Properties in Polymer Blends. He has worked at Toyobo Co., where his research programme focused on polymer blends and alloys. He held a postdoctoral post at the National Institute of Advanced Industrial Science \u0026amp; Technology, Kyushu, prior to joining the faculty at Toyota","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:02-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:02-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2003","book","copolymers","epoxy","liquid crystalline polymers","nano","nanocomposites","p-applications","polyacrylontrile","polybutadiene","polycaprolactone","polyetherimide","polyethylene glycol","polymer","polymers","polymethyl methacrylate","polypropylene","polystyrene","polyurethane","polyvinyl pyrrolidone","polyvinylidene fluoride","poybenzoxazine","silicates"],"price":13000,"price_min":13000,"price_max":13000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378392708,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Polymer\/Layered Silicate Nanocomposites","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":13000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-391-4","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-391-4.jpg?v=1499953064"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-391-4.jpg?v=1499953064","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358552731741,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-391-4.jpg?v=1499953064"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-391-4.jpg?v=1499953064","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Masami Okamoto, Toyota Technological Institute \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-391-4 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e166 pages, Soft-backed\u003cbr\u003eVol. 14, no. 7, report 163, 2003\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPolymer\/clay nanocomposites have received a lot of attention over the last decade. Companies such as Nanocor and Honeywell are already commercially exploiting nanocomposite materials. A small amount of nanodispersed filler leads to an improvement in material properties, such as modulus, strength, heat resistance, flame retardancy, and lowered gas permeability. Adding clay nanofillers to biodegradable polymers has also been shown to enhance compostability.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe enhancement of material properties has been linked to the interfacial interaction between the polymer matrix and the organically modified layered silicate filler structure. The filler particles provide a very high surface area.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMontmorillonite, hectorite, and saponite are the most commonly used layered silicates. For a nanocomposite to be formed successfully, the mineral must disperse into separate layers. The surface chemistry is also important - ion exchange reactions with cations (commonly alkyl ammonium or alkyl phosphonium cations) allow the silicate to be compatibilised with the polymer matrix. The strong interactions between the two materials lead to dispersion at the nanometre level.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePolymer\/layered silicate nanocomposites are prepared by a variety of routes. One of the first materials, a Nylon 6 nanocomposite, was prepared by in situ polymerisation of -caprolactam in a dispersion of montmorillonite. The silicate can be dispersed in a liquid monomer or a solution of monomer. It has also been possible to melt-mix polymers with layered silicates, avoiding the use of organic solvents. The latter method permits the use of conventional processing techniques such as injection moulding and extrusion.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNanocomposites have been formed with a wide variety of polymers including: epoxy, polyurethane, polyetherimide, poybenzoxazine, polypropylene, polystyrene, polymethyl methacrylate, polycaprolactone, polyacrylonitrile, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyethylene glycol, polyvinylidene fluoride, polybutadiene, copolymers and liquid crystalline polymers. Summaries of the work carried out on these different materials and references to these studies are included in this Rapra Review Report.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMany studies have been carried out to characterise different nanocomposites. Techniques in use include wide-angle X-ray diffraction and transmission electron microscopy.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eProcessing techniques are critical in polymer manufacturing and this holds true for nanocomposites. Several processing methods and innovative techniques are discussed. For example, Nylon 6 clay nanocomposites have been electrospun from solution, which resulted in highly aligned clay particles.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo other types of nanofiller are briefly described here. Polyhedral oligomeric silsesquioxane (POSS) nanoparticles combine organic and inorganic segments with nanosized cage structures. Carbon nanotubes have also been examined as they offer unique mechanical and electrical properties.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis review is accompanied by around 400 abstracts compiled from the Polymer Library, to facilitate further reading on this subject. A subject index and a company index are included. The majority of these references are cited in the review, which is exceptionally well referenced.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNanocomposite structure \u003cbr\u003eNanocomposite properties \u003cbr\u003eNanocomposite preparation \u003cbr\u003eDifferent polymer nanocomposites \u003cbr\u003eProcessing nanocomposites \u003cbr\u003eWell referenced\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.Introduction\u003cbr\u003e2. Layered Silicates \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Structure and Properties\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Organophilic Modification\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Preparative Methods for PLS Nanocomposites\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Intercalation of Polymer or Pre-Polymer from Solution\u003cbr\u003e3.2 In Situ Intercalative Polymerisation Method\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Melt Intercalation Method\u0026lt;\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. Structure and Characterisation of PLS Nanocomposites \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Structure of PLS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Characterisation of PLS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Types of Polymers for the Preparation of Nanocomposites \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Vinyl Polymer Systems\u003cbr\u003e5.1.1 PS\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.1.2 PMMA\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.1.3 PVA\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.1.4 Block Copolymer\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Condensation Polymers and Rubbers\u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Nylon\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 PCL\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.2.3 PET\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.2.4 PBT\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.2.5 PC\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6 PEO\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7 LCP\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.2.8 PBO\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.2.9 EPR\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.2.10 PU\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.2.11 Polyimide\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Polyolefins\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 PP\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 PE\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.4 Speciality Polymers\u003cbr\u003e5.4.1 PANI\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.4.2 PNVC\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.5 Biodegradable Polymers\u003cbr\u003e5.5.1 PLA\/LS Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e5.5.2 PBS\/Clay Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6. Properties of PLS Nanocomposite Materials \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Dynamic Mechanical Analysis (DMA)\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Tensile Properties\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Flexural Properties and Heat Distortion Temperature\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Thermal Stability\u003cbr\u003e6.5 Fire Retardant Properties\u003cbr\u003e6.6 Gas Barrier Properties\u003cbr\u003e6.7 Ionic Conductivity\u003cbr\u003e6.8 Optical Transparency\u003cbr\u003e6.9 Biodegradability\u003cbr\u003e6.10 Crystallisation\u003cbr\u003e6.10.1 Spherulite Growth\u003cbr\u003e6.10.2 Effect of Intercalation on Enhancement of Dynamic Modulus\u003cbr\u003e6.10.3 Crystallisation Controlled by Silicate Surfaces\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7. Melt Rheology \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Linear Viscoelastic Properties\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Elongational Flow and Strain-Induced Hardening\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8. Processing Operations \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8.1 Foam Processing Using Supercritical CO2\u003cbr\u003e8.2 Shear Flow Processing\u003cbr\u003e8.3 Electrospinning\u003cbr\u003e8.4 Porous Ceramic Materials\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e9. Multifunctional Polyhedral Oligomeric Silsesquioxane Nanocomposites \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10. Carbon Nanotube Polymer Composites\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e11. Outlook\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAdditional References\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nProfessor Musami Okamoto is a world-renowned expert in the field of polymer\/clay nanocomposites. He is currently a Professor at the Graduate School of Engineering, in the Toyota Technological Institute. He received a Ph.D. in 1994 from the Tokyo Institute of Technology on Structure Development during Melt Processing and Mechanical Properties in Polymer Blends. He has worked at Toyobo Co., where his research programme focused on polymer blends and alloys. He held a postdoctoral post at the National Institute of Advanced Industrial Science \u0026amp; Technology, Kyushu, prior to joining the faculty at Toyota"}
Description Author: Smithers Rapra by Suzanne Wilkinson ISBN 978-1-84735-086-2 Published: 2008Soft-backed, 297 x 210 mm, 40 pages. Summary REACH, the EU regulation for the Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation, and Restriction of Chemicals, entered into force in June 2007. Its central aim is to protect human health and the environment from the risks arising from the use of chemicals....
$126.00
in stock
{"id":11242241796,"title":"Polymers and the REACH Legislation","handle":"978-1-84735-086-2","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Smithers Rapra by Suzanne Wilkinson \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84735-086-2 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePublished: 2008\u003cbr\u003eSoft-backed, 297 x 210 mm, 40 pages.\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nREACH, the EU regulation for the Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation, and Restriction of Chemicals, entered into force in June 2007. Its central aim is to protect human health and the environment from the risks arising from the use of chemicals. REACH has become one of the most complex and far-reaching pieces of regulation ever to originate from the European Commission. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWithin the polymer industry, it will affect producers of chemicals or preparations, importers of chemicals or finished products to the EU, producers of finished products and downstream users. Its effects will truly give it global reach, within and beyond the boundaries of Europe! \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRapra Limited, on behalf of its Members, commissioned Smithers Rapra to produce this guide to illustrate to organisations in these industries and sectors how REACH will affect them.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1. Introduction to REACH \u003cbr\u003e2. REACH Basics \u003cbr\u003e3. The Legal Text \u003cbr\u003e4. Key Milestones \u003cbr\u003e5. Monomers and Polymers \u003cbr\u003e6. Pre-registration, Registration, and Compliance \u003cbr\u003e7. Information Sharing and Confidentiality \u003cbr\u003e8. Financial Implications \u003cbr\u003e9. Glossary, Abbreviations, and Acronyms \u003cbr\u003e10. Other Resources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:49-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:49-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2008","authorisation","book","environment","EU regulations","Europe","health","p-properties","polymer","REACH","restriction of chemicals","risks"],"price":12600,"price_min":12600,"price_max":12600,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378442692,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Polymers and the REACH Legislation","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":12600,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-84735-086-2","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":[],"featured_image":null,"options":["Title"],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Smithers Rapra by Suzanne Wilkinson \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84735-086-2 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePublished: 2008\u003cbr\u003eSoft-backed, 297 x 210 mm, 40 pages.\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nREACH, the EU regulation for the Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation, and Restriction of Chemicals, entered into force in June 2007. Its central aim is to protect human health and the environment from the risks arising from the use of chemicals. REACH has become one of the most complex and far-reaching pieces of regulation ever to originate from the European Commission. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWithin the polymer industry, it will affect producers of chemicals or preparations, importers of chemicals or finished products to the EU, producers of finished products and downstream users. Its effects will truly give it global reach, within and beyond the boundaries of Europe! \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRapra Limited, on behalf of its Members, commissioned Smithers Rapra to produce this guide to illustrate to organisations in these industries and sectors how REACH will affect them.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1. Introduction to REACH \u003cbr\u003e2. REACH Basics \u003cbr\u003e3. The Legal Text \u003cbr\u003e4. Key Milestones \u003cbr\u003e5. Monomers and Polymers \u003cbr\u003e6. Pre-registration, Registration, and Compliance \u003cbr\u003e7. Information Sharing and Confidentiality \u003cbr\u003e8. Financial Implications \u003cbr\u003e9. Glossary, Abbreviations, and Acronyms \u003cbr\u003e10. Other Resources\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e"}
Description Author: K. Cousins ISBN 978-1-85957-190-3 Published: 2000110 pages, softbound Summary This report concentrates on the developments in polymeric materials and processes for cable specification and design. The main sections provide an overview of polymer used by a material with the main end-use markets examined: automotive, rail transport, aerospace, building and construction, business machines and computer networks,...
$450.00
in stock
{"id":11242206532,"title":"Polymers for Wire and Cable - Changes within an Industry","handle":"978-1-85957-190-3","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: K. Cousins \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-190-3 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePublished: 2000\u003cbr\u003e110 pages, softbound\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThis report concentrates on the developments in polymeric materials and processes for cable specification and design. The main sections provide an overview of polymer used by a material with the main end-use markets examined: automotive, rail transport, aerospace, building and construction, business machines and computer networks, telecommunications, power generation and distribution, electrical appliances and consumer electronics marine off-shore and undersea cables, other general engineering applications. The European cable industry is discussed with particular emphasis on the markets within Benelux, France, Germany and the UK. Developments in the North American and Asian markets are briefly covered. Key trends based on new products, processes and machinery developments are indicated. The report includes profiles of leading polymer and cable companies with a discussion about recent merger and acquisition activity. Aspects of present and future European legislation are discussed with particular emphasis on those relating to fire retardancy, harmonisation of standards, recycling, and other environmental concerns.\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeith Cousins graduated from Oxford University in engineering Science and followed a graduate apprenticeship with one of the fore-runners of GEC with a career in export sales. This included export area management with Francis Shaw, a leading manufacturer of rubber and plastics extruders and mixing machinery. Moving to market research at Buckingham-based Harkness Consultants after posts in Export Area and Market Planning Management at Coventry Climax he has since November 1993, established a successful independent market research consultancy. Assignments have included a succession of published reports and privately communicated studies.\u003c\/p\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:12:57-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:12:57-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2000","acrylic polymers","aerospace","automotive","book","building","cable","construction","copolymers","electronics","ethylene","evironmental","fire retardancy","markets","p-applications","PE","polymer","polymeric materials","processes","PVC","rail","recycling","standards","thermoplastic elastomers","thermoset elastomers"],"price":45000,"price_min":45000,"price_max":45000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378322116,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Polymers for Wire and Cable - Changes within an Industry","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":45000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-190-3","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-190-3.jpg?v=1499724916"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-190-3.jpg?v=1499724916","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358698516573,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-190-3.jpg?v=1499724916"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-190-3.jpg?v=1499724916","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: K. Cousins \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-190-3 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePublished: 2000\u003cbr\u003e110 pages, softbound\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThis report concentrates on the developments in polymeric materials and processes for cable specification and design. The main sections provide an overview of polymer used by a material with the main end-use markets examined: automotive, rail transport, aerospace, building and construction, business machines and computer networks, telecommunications, power generation and distribution, electrical appliances and consumer electronics marine off-shore and undersea cables, other general engineering applications. The European cable industry is discussed with particular emphasis on the markets within Benelux, France, Germany and the UK. Developments in the North American and Asian markets are briefly covered. Key trends based on new products, processes and machinery developments are indicated. The report includes profiles of leading polymer and cable companies with a discussion about recent merger and acquisition activity. Aspects of present and future European legislation are discussed with particular emphasis on those relating to fire retardancy, harmonisation of standards, recycling, and other environmental concerns.\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeith Cousins graduated from Oxford University in engineering Science and followed a graduate apprenticeship with one of the fore-runners of GEC with a career in export sales. This included export area management with Francis Shaw, a leading manufacturer of rubber and plastics extruders and mixing machinery. Moving to market research at Buckingham-based Harkness Consultants after posts in Export Area and Market Planning Management at Coventry Climax he has since November 1993, established a successful independent market research consultancy. Assignments have included a succession of published reports and privately communicated studies.\u003c\/p\u003e"}
Description Author: Joel Fried ISBN 978-1-84735-093-0 Published: 2010Pages: 136, Soft-backed Summary This review report gives an overview of how polymers are used in aerospace applications. Topics covered include: Composites, including thermosets, thermoplastics, and nanocomposites. Fibre reinforcement of the composites and the specialised applications are also covered. For each type of composite, the chemistry, cure methods, fabrication...
$120.00
in stock
{"id":11242242116,"title":"Polymers in Aerospace Applications","handle":"978-1-84735-093-0","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthor: Joel Fried \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84735-093-0 \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePublished: 2010\u003cbr\u003ePages: 136, Soft-backed\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThis review report gives an overview of how polymers are used in aerospace applications. Topics covered include: Composites, including thermosets, thermoplastics, and nanocomposites. Fibre reinforcement of the composites and the specialised applications are also covered. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor each type of composite, the chemistry, cure methods, fabrication methods, mechanical properties, thermal properties and environmental degradation are considered. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eApplications include: sealants, structural adhesives, foams, primer paint, shape memory alloys, electroactive devices, MEMS, vibration damping, NLO properties and ablative polymers.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis review report is accompanied by around 400 abstracts compiled from the Polymer Library, to facilitate further reading on this subject. A subject index and a company index are included.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1. Introduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2. Adhesives\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3. Coatings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4. Fibres\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5. Composites\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6. Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7. Foams\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:50-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:50-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2010","aerospace","book","coatings","composties","nanocomposites","p-applications","polymer","polymers"],"price":12000,"price_min":12000,"price_max":12000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378443076,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Polymers in Aerospace Applications","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":12000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-84735-093-0","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-093-0.jpg?v=1499953211"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-093-0.jpg?v=1499953211","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358698647645,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-093-0.jpg?v=1499953211"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-093-0.jpg?v=1499953211","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthor: Joel Fried \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84735-093-0 \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePublished: 2010\u003cbr\u003ePages: 136, Soft-backed\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThis review report gives an overview of how polymers are used in aerospace applications. Topics covered include: Composites, including thermosets, thermoplastics, and nanocomposites. Fibre reinforcement of the composites and the specialised applications are also covered. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor each type of composite, the chemistry, cure methods, fabrication methods, mechanical properties, thermal properties and environmental degradation are considered. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eApplications include: sealants, structural adhesives, foams, primer paint, shape memory alloys, electroactive devices, MEMS, vibration damping, NLO properties and ablative polymers.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis review report is accompanied by around 400 abstracts compiled from the Polymer Library, to facilitate further reading on this subject. A subject index and a company index are included.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1. Introduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2. Adhesives\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3. Coatings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4. Fibres\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5. Composites\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6. Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7. Foams\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e"}
Description Author: Conference Proceedings ISBN 978-1-84735-398-6 Published: 2010 Summary With the aerospace and defence industries poised for growth in virtually every segment; the commercial, general aviation, military and space sectors are a ‘must watch’ area for businesses seeking new business and technology opportunities. Accompanying this growth, polymers will play an increasing role, with, for example, a...
$125.00
in stock
{"id":11242237636,"title":"Polymers in Defence and Aerospace Applications 2010","handle":"978-1-84735-398-6","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Conference Proceedings \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84735-398-6 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePublished: 2010\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nWith the aerospace and defence industries poised for growth in virtually every segment; the commercial, general aviation, military and space sectors are a ‘must watch’ area for businesses seeking new business and technology opportunities. Accompanying this growth, polymers will play an increasing role, with, for example, a near doubling of the aerocomposites market is predicted by 2016.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePolymers in Defence and Aerospace Applications took an in-depth look at how polymers are increasingly being used to meet the developing demands of this industry in areas such as weight minimisation, increased strength, and enhanced affordability. Both defence and aerospace are industries where the performance requirements of polymer-based materials are continually being pushed to the limits of what is possible in order to help achieve these goals, and where there is a constant demand for new and improved materials for a wide range of existing and new applications. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis conference covered all of the important polymer related areas specific to the defence and aerospace industries, from state-of-the-art R\u0026amp;D to characterisation, fabrication, technology development and many new and emerging applications. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePolymers in Defence \u0026amp; Aerospace Applications featured presentations from key defence and aerospace industry experts, as well as from polymer manufacturers and those developing new polymer-based materials, technologies and applications.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSESSION 1: NOVEL MATERIALS \u0026amp; PROCESSES\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 1: Team MAST – Delivering materials and structures R \u0026amp; D to UK MOD\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDr. Dan Kells, BAE Systems, UK \u0026amp; Dr Eoin O’Keefe, QinetiQ Ltd, UK\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 2: Phosphazene elastomer use in defence and aerospace\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBill Goodwin \u0026amp; Raymond E Stiles, Materials Science Technology, USA\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 3: Formulation and properties of rigid polyurethane foams\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKaren J Foster, K N Hunt, C N Warriner, D R Harbron \u0026amp; D A Broughton, AWE plc, UK\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 4: Inkjet printing as a fabrication tool and its potential in defence \u0026amp; aerospace applications\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDr. Kay Yeong, Xennia Technology, UK\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSESSION 2: ELECTRONIC MATERIALS \u0026amp; APPLICATIONS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 5: Development of a thermoplastic printed circuit board for applications in the aviation industry\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDipl-Ing Thomas Apeldorn, Universität Bayreuth, Germany\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 6: Synthesis and characterization of novel conducting monomer showing chimeric polymerisation behaviour: Versatile applications in defence and aerospace research\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDr Dhana Lakshmi, Cranfield University, UK et al\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 7: Use of fluoropolymers in aerospace and defence: new applications and advantages\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStefano Mortara, P Toniolo, M Gebert, A Marrani \u0026amp; M Bassi, Solvay Solexis SPA, Italy\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 8: Rapid manufacturing of syntactic foams\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA.K. Walmsley, M. Carne, M. Swan, C. Warriner, K. Hunt AWE plc, UK, G.J. Gibbons, The University of Warwick, UK \u0026amp; S. Bubb, 3T RPD, UK\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 9: Design for manufacture and reliability of polymer-based electronics\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChris Bailey, Tim Tilford \u0026amp; Hua Lu, University of Greenwich, UK \u0026amp; Marc Desmulliez, Heriot-Watt University, UK\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSESSION 3: COMPOSITES\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 10: Rapid manufacture of structural thermoplastic composite components for aerospace and defence applications\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCharlotte Vacogne \u0026amp; Museok Kwak TWI, UK\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 11: Novel high temperature polymers for demanding composite applications\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDr.Theo Dingemans, Delft University of Technology, The Netherlands\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 12: Microfocus X-ray diffraction and its application to high-performance polymers and composites\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRichard Davies, C Riekel \u0026amp; M Burghammer, European Synchrotron Radiation Facility, France \u0026amp; S J Eichhorn \u0026amp; R J Young, University of Manchester, UK\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSESSION 4: CARBON NANO FIBRE-BASED MATERIALS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 13: Development of multifunctional advanced composites with polymer nanocomposite matrices for aerospace applications\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMarco Monti, Luigi Torre, R Petrucci \u0026amp; Prof Jose Kenny, University of Perugia, Italy\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 14: Manufacture and evaluation of hybrid carbon nanofiber containing nonwoven papers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAndrew Austin, Napier University, UK and J Haaland, Michael Jeschke \u0026amp; D Jhaveri, Technical Fibre Products, USA\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 15: New generation of multifunctional composites with carbon nanotubes for aerospace applications\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eProf Dr Sergio H Pezzin \u0026amp; L A F Coelho, Santa Catrina State University, Brazil \u0026amp; S Amico, UFRGS, Brazil\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSESSION 5: INORGANIC NANO-MATERIALS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 16: Development of phenolic based nanocomposites for ablative rocket combustion chambers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLuigi Torre, M Natali \u0026amp; J Kenny, University of Perugia, Italy\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 17: High-performance polyurethane shape - memory polymer and its composites\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDr. W M Huang \u0026amp; Y Zhao, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore and Y Q Fu, Heriot-Watt University, UK\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 18: Ageing and performance predictions of polymer nanocomposites for exterior defence and aerospace applications\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDr. James Njuguna, Cranfield University, UK \u0026amp; K Pielichowski, Cracow University of Technology, Poland\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 19: UK strategic focus: The Materials and Structures National Technical Committee\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDr. Dan Kells, BAE Systems, UK \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 20: The role of micro and nanofillers on mechanical and tribological behaviour of polymer matrix composites for aerospace and automotive applications\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eProf B Suresha \u0026amp; Prof Mohammed Ismail, The National Institute of Engineering, India\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSESSION 6: COATINGS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 21: Engineered coatings for composites and polymers used in defence \u0026amp; aerospace: Now and the future\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGraham Armstrong, Indestructible Paint Ltd, UK\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 22: Silicone based coatings for aircraft applications\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBill Riegler, B Burkitt \u0026amp; R Thomaier, Nusil Technology, USA\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:36-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:36-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2010","aerospace","application","book","carbon nanofibers","coatings","composite","electronic materials","formulation","inorganic","material","nano-materials","polymer","Polymers"],"price":12500,"price_min":12500,"price_max":12500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378425220,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Polymers in Defence and Aerospace Applications 2010","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":12500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-84735-398-6","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-398-6.jpg?v=1499953296"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-398-6.jpg?v=1499953296","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358705070173,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-398-6.jpg?v=1499953296"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-398-6.jpg?v=1499953296","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Conference Proceedings \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84735-398-6 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePublished: 2010\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nWith the aerospace and defence industries poised for growth in virtually every segment; the commercial, general aviation, military and space sectors are a ‘must watch’ area for businesses seeking new business and technology opportunities. Accompanying this growth, polymers will play an increasing role, with, for example, a near doubling of the aerocomposites market is predicted by 2016.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePolymers in Defence and Aerospace Applications took an in-depth look at how polymers are increasingly being used to meet the developing demands of this industry in areas such as weight minimisation, increased strength, and enhanced affordability. Both defence and aerospace are industries where the performance requirements of polymer-based materials are continually being pushed to the limits of what is possible in order to help achieve these goals, and where there is a constant demand for new and improved materials for a wide range of existing and new applications. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis conference covered all of the important polymer related areas specific to the defence and aerospace industries, from state-of-the-art R\u0026amp;D to characterisation, fabrication, technology development and many new and emerging applications. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePolymers in Defence \u0026amp; Aerospace Applications featured presentations from key defence and aerospace industry experts, as well as from polymer manufacturers and those developing new polymer-based materials, technologies and applications.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSESSION 1: NOVEL MATERIALS \u0026amp; PROCESSES\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 1: Team MAST – Delivering materials and structures R \u0026amp; D to UK MOD\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDr. Dan Kells, BAE Systems, UK \u0026amp; Dr Eoin O’Keefe, QinetiQ Ltd, UK\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 2: Phosphazene elastomer use in defence and aerospace\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBill Goodwin \u0026amp; Raymond E Stiles, Materials Science Technology, USA\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 3: Formulation and properties of rigid polyurethane foams\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKaren J Foster, K N Hunt, C N Warriner, D R Harbron \u0026amp; D A Broughton, AWE plc, UK\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 4: Inkjet printing as a fabrication tool and its potential in defence \u0026amp; aerospace applications\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDr. Kay Yeong, Xennia Technology, UK\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSESSION 2: ELECTRONIC MATERIALS \u0026amp; APPLICATIONS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 5: Development of a thermoplastic printed circuit board for applications in the aviation industry\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDipl-Ing Thomas Apeldorn, Universität Bayreuth, Germany\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 6: Synthesis and characterization of novel conducting monomer showing chimeric polymerisation behaviour: Versatile applications in defence and aerospace research\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDr Dhana Lakshmi, Cranfield University, UK et al\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 7: Use of fluoropolymers in aerospace and defence: new applications and advantages\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStefano Mortara, P Toniolo, M Gebert, A Marrani \u0026amp; M Bassi, Solvay Solexis SPA, Italy\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 8: Rapid manufacturing of syntactic foams\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA.K. Walmsley, M. Carne, M. Swan, C. Warriner, K. Hunt AWE plc, UK, G.J. Gibbons, The University of Warwick, UK \u0026amp; S. Bubb, 3T RPD, UK\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 9: Design for manufacture and reliability of polymer-based electronics\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChris Bailey, Tim Tilford \u0026amp; Hua Lu, University of Greenwich, UK \u0026amp; Marc Desmulliez, Heriot-Watt University, UK\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSESSION 3: COMPOSITES\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 10: Rapid manufacture of structural thermoplastic composite components for aerospace and defence applications\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCharlotte Vacogne \u0026amp; Museok Kwak TWI, UK\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 11: Novel high temperature polymers for demanding composite applications\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDr.Theo Dingemans, Delft University of Technology, The Netherlands\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 12: Microfocus X-ray diffraction and its application to high-performance polymers and composites\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRichard Davies, C Riekel \u0026amp; M Burghammer, European Synchrotron Radiation Facility, France \u0026amp; S J Eichhorn \u0026amp; R J Young, University of Manchester, UK\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSESSION 4: CARBON NANO FIBRE-BASED MATERIALS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 13: Development of multifunctional advanced composites with polymer nanocomposite matrices for aerospace applications\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMarco Monti, Luigi Torre, R Petrucci \u0026amp; Prof Jose Kenny, University of Perugia, Italy\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 14: Manufacture and evaluation of hybrid carbon nanofiber containing nonwoven papers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAndrew Austin, Napier University, UK and J Haaland, Michael Jeschke \u0026amp; D Jhaveri, Technical Fibre Products, USA\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 15: New generation of multifunctional composites with carbon nanotubes for aerospace applications\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eProf Dr Sergio H Pezzin \u0026amp; L A F Coelho, Santa Catrina State University, Brazil \u0026amp; S Amico, UFRGS, Brazil\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSESSION 5: INORGANIC NANO-MATERIALS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 16: Development of phenolic based nanocomposites for ablative rocket combustion chambers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLuigi Torre, M Natali \u0026amp; J Kenny, University of Perugia, Italy\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 17: High-performance polyurethane shape - memory polymer and its composites\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDr. W M Huang \u0026amp; Y Zhao, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore and Y Q Fu, Heriot-Watt University, UK\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 18: Ageing and performance predictions of polymer nanocomposites for exterior defence and aerospace applications\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDr. James Njuguna, Cranfield University, UK \u0026amp; K Pielichowski, Cracow University of Technology, Poland\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 19: UK strategic focus: The Materials and Structures National Technical Committee\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDr. Dan Kells, BAE Systems, UK \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 20: The role of micro and nanofillers on mechanical and tribological behaviour of polymer matrix composites for aerospace and automotive applications\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eProf B Suresha \u0026amp; Prof Mohammed Ismail, The National Institute of Engineering, India\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSESSION 6: COATINGS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 21: Engineered coatings for composites and polymers used in defence \u0026amp; aerospace: Now and the future\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGraham Armstrong, Indestructible Paint Ltd, UK\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 22: Silicone based coatings for aircraft applications\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBill Riegler, B Burkitt \u0026amp; R Thomaier, Nusil Technology, USA\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e"}
Description Author: Conference ISBN 978-1-84735-019-0 Published: 2007Toulouse, France, 18-19 September 2007Rapra Conference Proceedings, 2007 Summary Polymers play a vital role in many defence and aerospace applications and there is a huge amount of activity underway globally to produce new polymers and polymeric materials that can enhance these applications. Composites are one such example where materials have...
$185.00
in stock
{"id":11242250308,"title":"Polymers in Defence and Aerospace Applications, 2007","handle":"978-1-84735-019-0","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Conference \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84735-019-0 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2007\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eToulouse, France, 18-19 September 2007\u003cbr\u003eRapra Conference Proceedings, 2007\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPolymers play a vital role in many defence and aerospace applications and there is a huge amount of activity underway globally to produce new polymers and polymeric materials that can enhance these applications. Composites are one such example where materials have revolutionised performance capabilities and, with the emergence of nanomaterials, the world of composites is set to be further extended. Many new nanocomposites have been developed, each with interesting and novel properties and new potential applications. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA significant part of the conference was therefore devoted to presentations detailing composites, nanocomposites, and their novel applications. The conference also covered many of the other key novel polymers, processes, and applications, including high-temperature thermoplastics, elastomers, and rubbers. These proceedings will appeal to all those seeking to gain insights into the crucial role that polymers play in many critical aerospace and defence applications.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nSESSION 1. COMPOSITES \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 1 Composite Applications and Challenges for Lightweight Design of Aircraft Structure \u003cbr\u003eDave Wood, BAE SYSTEMS – Military Air Solutions, UK \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 2 Quickstep curing technology: an out of – autoclave technology for prepegs and dry fibre reinforced laminates \u003cbr\u003eDr. J. Schlimbach, A. Ogale, D. Brosius \u0026amp; N. Noble, Quickstep GmbH, Germany \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSESSION 2. NANOCOMPOSITES \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 3 Polymer nanocomposites with carbon nanotubes in aerospace and defence \u003cbr\u003eDr. James Njuguna, Cranefield University, UK \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 4 Nylon-12 nanocomposite thin films as protective barriers \u003cbr\u003eDr. Celia Stevens, M. Gnatowski \u0026amp; S. Duncan, Polymer Engineering Company Ltd, Canada \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 5 Thermal conductivity of ethylene vinyl acetate copolymer\/carbon nanofiller blends \u003cbr\u003eDr. Sayata Ghose, K.A. Watson, D.C. Working, J.W. Connell, J.G. Smith Jr, Y. Lin \u0026amp; Y.P. Sun, National Institute of Aerospace, USA \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 6 Nanoscopically controlled polymer containing gadolinium atoms for shielding against radiation \u003cbr\u003eJoseph D Lichtenhan, J.P. Spratt, S. Aghara, P.A. Wheeler \u0026amp; R. Leadon, Hybrid Plastics, USA \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 7 Conducting polymer nanofibres obtained by electrospinning \u003cbr\u003eDr. Lucie Robitaille \u0026amp; A. Laforgue, National Research Council Canada, Canada \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 8 Influence of space radiation on nano adhesive bonding of high-performance polymer \u003cbr\u003eDr. Shantanu Bhowmik, Delft University of Technology, The Netherlands \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSESSION 3. NOVEL POLYMER SYSTEMS \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 9 Electrically conductive shape memory polymer with anisotropic electro-thermo-mechanical properties \u003cbr\u003eW.M. Huang, N. Liu, S.Y. Phoo \u0026amp; C.S. Chan, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 10 Development of new, conductive and microwave-lossy materials involving conducting polymer coatings \u003cbr\u003eDr. Jamshid Avloni, Eeonyx Corp, USA \u0026amp; Dr. A. Henn, Marktek Inc, USA \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 11 Incorporating functional fillers into silicone elastomer systems \u003cbr\u003eBrian Burkitt, B. Riegler \u0026amp; S. Bruner, NuSil Technology Europe, UK \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSESSION 4. ELASTOMERS AND RUBBERS \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 12 Elastomeric solutions to seal jet oils at high temperature with fluoroelastomers and perfluoroelastomers \u003cbr\u003eJean-Luc Matoux, EW Thomas \u0026amp; R.W. Schnell, DuPont Performance Elastomers SA, Switzerland \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 13 Novel nylon\/halogenated butyl rubber blends in protection against warfare agents \u003cbr\u003eDr. Marek Gnatowski, J.D. Van Dyke \u0026amp; A. Burczyk, Polymer Engineering Company Ltd, Canada \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 14 Development of wider performance range rubber seal materials and the utility of FEA modeling \u003cbr\u003eDr. Robert Keller, Freudenberg-NOK General Partnership, USA \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSESSION 5 OTHER MATERIALS AND ASSESSMENT \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 15 New PEEK™ products and process technology developments for lightweight aerospace components \u003cbr\u003eDidier Padey, John Walling \u0026amp; Alan Wood, Victrex plc, France \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 16 Polymerisation, compound and elastomeric modified ETFE in aerospace and defence applications \u003cbr\u003ePhil Spencer, AGC Chemicals Europe Ltd, UK \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 17 Lifetime prediction and assessment of metal-polymer laminates \u003cbr\u003eJulie Etheridge, AWE plc, UK \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSESSION 6 POLYMER PROCESSES AND APPLICATIONS \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 18 Sonochemical surface modification for advanced electronic materials \u003cbr\u003eDr. Andy Cobley \u0026amp; Prof T. Mason, The Sonochemistry Centre at Coventry University, UK \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 19 Polymers for exo-atmospheric supersonic vehicles: a tough life \u003cbr\u003eDr. Duncan Broughton, AWEplc, UK \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 20 The role of polymeric materials for effective structural damping \u003cbr\u003eJohn R. House MIOA, QinetiQ, UK \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 21 Liquid Crystal Polymer (LCP): the ultimate solution for low-cost RF flexible electronics and antennae \u003cbr\u003eRushi Vyas, A. Ride, S. Bhattacharya \u0026amp; M.M. Tentzeris, Georgia Institute of Technology, USA\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:15:15-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:15:15-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2007","aerospace","book","p-applications","polymer","polymer applications","polymeric materials","polymers"],"price":18500,"price_min":18500,"price_max":18500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378471428,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Polymers in Defence and Aerospace Applications, 2007","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":18500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-84735-019-0","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/9781847350190.jpg?v=1503691452"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/9781847350190.jpg?v=1503691452","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":410062422109,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/9781847350190.jpg?v=1503691452"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/9781847350190.jpg?v=1503691452","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Conference \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84735-019-0 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2007\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eToulouse, France, 18-19 September 2007\u003cbr\u003eRapra Conference Proceedings, 2007\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPolymers play a vital role in many defence and aerospace applications and there is a huge amount of activity underway globally to produce new polymers and polymeric materials that can enhance these applications. Composites are one such example where materials have revolutionised performance capabilities and, with the emergence of nanomaterials, the world of composites is set to be further extended. Many new nanocomposites have been developed, each with interesting and novel properties and new potential applications. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA significant part of the conference was therefore devoted to presentations detailing composites, nanocomposites, and their novel applications. The conference also covered many of the other key novel polymers, processes, and applications, including high-temperature thermoplastics, elastomers, and rubbers. These proceedings will appeal to all those seeking to gain insights into the crucial role that polymers play in many critical aerospace and defence applications.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nSESSION 1. COMPOSITES \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 1 Composite Applications and Challenges for Lightweight Design of Aircraft Structure \u003cbr\u003eDave Wood, BAE SYSTEMS – Military Air Solutions, UK \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 2 Quickstep curing technology: an out of – autoclave technology for prepegs and dry fibre reinforced laminates \u003cbr\u003eDr. J. Schlimbach, A. Ogale, D. Brosius \u0026amp; N. Noble, Quickstep GmbH, Germany \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSESSION 2. NANOCOMPOSITES \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 3 Polymer nanocomposites with carbon nanotubes in aerospace and defence \u003cbr\u003eDr. James Njuguna, Cranefield University, UK \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 4 Nylon-12 nanocomposite thin films as protective barriers \u003cbr\u003eDr. Celia Stevens, M. Gnatowski \u0026amp; S. Duncan, Polymer Engineering Company Ltd, Canada \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 5 Thermal conductivity of ethylene vinyl acetate copolymer\/carbon nanofiller blends \u003cbr\u003eDr. Sayata Ghose, K.A. Watson, D.C. Working, J.W. Connell, J.G. Smith Jr, Y. Lin \u0026amp; Y.P. Sun, National Institute of Aerospace, USA \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 6 Nanoscopically controlled polymer containing gadolinium atoms for shielding against radiation \u003cbr\u003eJoseph D Lichtenhan, J.P. Spratt, S. Aghara, P.A. Wheeler \u0026amp; R. Leadon, Hybrid Plastics, USA \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 7 Conducting polymer nanofibres obtained by electrospinning \u003cbr\u003eDr. Lucie Robitaille \u0026amp; A. Laforgue, National Research Council Canada, Canada \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 8 Influence of space radiation on nano adhesive bonding of high-performance polymer \u003cbr\u003eDr. Shantanu Bhowmik, Delft University of Technology, The Netherlands \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSESSION 3. NOVEL POLYMER SYSTEMS \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 9 Electrically conductive shape memory polymer with anisotropic electro-thermo-mechanical properties \u003cbr\u003eW.M. Huang, N. Liu, S.Y. Phoo \u0026amp; C.S. Chan, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 10 Development of new, conductive and microwave-lossy materials involving conducting polymer coatings \u003cbr\u003eDr. Jamshid Avloni, Eeonyx Corp, USA \u0026amp; Dr. A. Henn, Marktek Inc, USA \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 11 Incorporating functional fillers into silicone elastomer systems \u003cbr\u003eBrian Burkitt, B. Riegler \u0026amp; S. Bruner, NuSil Technology Europe, UK \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSESSION 4. ELASTOMERS AND RUBBERS \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 12 Elastomeric solutions to seal jet oils at high temperature with fluoroelastomers and perfluoroelastomers \u003cbr\u003eJean-Luc Matoux, EW Thomas \u0026amp; R.W. Schnell, DuPont Performance Elastomers SA, Switzerland \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 13 Novel nylon\/halogenated butyl rubber blends in protection against warfare agents \u003cbr\u003eDr. Marek Gnatowski, J.D. Van Dyke \u0026amp; A. Burczyk, Polymer Engineering Company Ltd, Canada \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 14 Development of wider performance range rubber seal materials and the utility of FEA modeling \u003cbr\u003eDr. Robert Keller, Freudenberg-NOK General Partnership, USA \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSESSION 5 OTHER MATERIALS AND ASSESSMENT \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 15 New PEEK™ products and process technology developments for lightweight aerospace components \u003cbr\u003eDidier Padey, John Walling \u0026amp; Alan Wood, Victrex plc, France \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 16 Polymerisation, compound and elastomeric modified ETFE in aerospace and defence applications \u003cbr\u003ePhil Spencer, AGC Chemicals Europe Ltd, UK \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 17 Lifetime prediction and assessment of metal-polymer laminates \u003cbr\u003eJulie Etheridge, AWE plc, UK \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSESSION 6 POLYMER PROCESSES AND APPLICATIONS \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 18 Sonochemical surface modification for advanced electronic materials \u003cbr\u003eDr. Andy Cobley \u0026amp; Prof T. Mason, The Sonochemistry Centre at Coventry University, UK \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 19 Polymers for exo-atmospheric supersonic vehicles: a tough life \u003cbr\u003eDr. Duncan Broughton, AWEplc, UK \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 20 The role of polymeric materials for effective structural damping \u003cbr\u003eJohn R. House MIOA, QinetiQ, UK \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaper 21 Liquid Crystal Polymer (LCP): the ultimate solution for low-cost RF flexible electronics and antennae \u003cbr\u003eRushi Vyas, A. Ride, S. Bhattacharya \u0026amp; M.M. Tentzeris, Georgia Institute of Technology, USA\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e"}
Description Author: Rapra Conference Proceedings ISBN 978-1-84735-009-1 Munich, Germany, 30-31 January 2007 Summary This conference saw presentations from all parts of the electronics industry’s materials supply chain, from raw materials to finished products and offered an opportunity to learn more about both traditional and new polymer materials, their markets, manufacturing processes, and applications. It also covered the...
$135.00
in stock
{"id":11242231236,"title":"Polymers in Electronics 2007","handle":"978-1-84735-009-1","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Rapra Conference Proceedings \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84735-009-1 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMunich, Germany, 30-31 January 2007\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThis conference saw presentations from all parts of the electronics industry’s materials supply chain, from raw materials to finished products and offered an opportunity to learn more about both traditional and new polymer materials, their markets, manufacturing processes, and applications. It also covered the impact of legislation, the need to recycle and other polymer-related challenges and opportunities for the industry.\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSESSION 1. TRENDS AND GROWTH \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaper 1: Plastics in Electronics - the CEE market \u003cbr\u003eKalman Wappel, Eastern, and Central European Business Development Ltd., Hungary\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSESSION 2. CONDUCTIVE POLYMERS \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaper 2: Electrically conductive polymer blends filled with low melting metal alloys \u003cbr\u003eProf. Dr.-Ing. Dr.-Ing. E.h. Walter Michaeli \u0026amp; Dipl.-Ing. Tobias Pfefferkorn, Institute of Plastics Processing at RWTH Aachen University (IKV), Germany\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePaper 3: Development and applications of nano- and microscale layers of conductive polymers applied to various surfaces\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003eDr. Jamshid Avloni \u0026amp; Ryan Lau, Eeonyx Corporation \u0026amp; Dr. Arthur Henn, Marktek Inc., USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePaper 4: Conducting polymer nanocomposites in EMI shielding\/radar absorption applications\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003eMatt Aldissi, Fractal Systems Inc., USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePaper 5: Inherently conductive polyaniline for electronics applications\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003eJukka Perento, Panipol, Finland\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSESSION 3. NEW DEVELOPMENTS IN FLAME RETARDED POLYMERS FOR ELECTRONICS \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaper 6: Sustainable flame retardants – beyond fire safety, RoHS, and WEEE compliance \u003cbr\u003eTroy DeSoto \u0026amp; Veronique Steukers, Albemarle Corporation, Belgium \u0026amp; Kumar Kumar, Albemarle Corporation, USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePaper 7: Phosphinates, the flame retardants for polymers in electronics\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003eDr. Sebastian Hörold, lmar Schmitt, Mathias Dietz, Jerome De Boysere, Clariant Produkte GmbH, Germany\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePaper 8: Fire retardancy of polymers in electronics, a scientific approach\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003eR. Borms, S. Goebelbecker \u0026amp; L. Tange, Eurobrom B.V. ICL-IP \u0026amp; P. Georlette \u0026amp; Y. Bar Yaakov, ICL-IP, The Netherlands\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSESSION 4. POLYMERS IN SUBSTRATES, ASSEMBLY AND RELIABILITY \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaper 9: An overview of polymers as key enablers in electronics assembly \u003cbr\u003eProf. Martin Goosey, IeMRC, UK\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePaper 10: New epoxy resins for printed wiring board application\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003eDr. Bernd Hoevel, Dr. Ludovic Valette \u0026amp; Dr. Joseph Gan, Dow Deutschland Anlagengesellschaft mbH, Germany\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePaper 11: Printed circuit boards for lead-free soldering, materials and failure mechanisms\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003ePer Johander, Per-Erik Tegehall, Abelrahim Ahmed Osman, Göran Wetter \u0026amp; Dag Andersson, IVF Industrial Research \u0026amp; Development Corporation, Sweden\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePaper 12: Selection and qualification of polymers for rigid and flexible interconnect applications\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003eFlorian Schuessler, Prof. Dr.-Ing. Klaus Feldmann \u0026amp; Thomas Bigl, Institute for Manufacturing Automation and Production Systems (FAPS), Germany\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePaper 13: Macromelt molding - low-pressure adhesive injection molding\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003eOlaf Muendelein, Henkel GmbH, Germany\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePaper 14: Conformal coating resistance to organic and inorganic contaminants\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003eDr. Christopher Hunt, National Physical Laboratory, UK\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSESSION 5. POLYMER FORMULATION AND RECYCLING FOR ELECTRONICS APPLICATIONS \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaper 15: Additives: the way to tailor-made plastics for E\u0026amp;E applications \u003cbr\u003eDr. Markus C. Grob, Eelco Dekker \u0026amp; Dr. Wolfgang Diegritz, Ciba Specialty Chemicals Inc., Switzerland\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePaper 16: Polymer recycling from WEEE - rapid assessment of electronic product enclosure plastics for improved resource management\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003eProf. Gary Stevens et al, Gnosys\/Surrey University, UK\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePaper 17: Polymers in WEEE – A ‘sustainable’ raw material resource\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003eKeith Freegard, Axion Recycling Ltd, UK\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSESSION 6. POLYMERS AND PRINTED ELECTRONICS \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaper 18: Printed electronics: market opportunities and technical challenges \u003cbr\u003eMark Hutton \u0026amp; Nick Pearne, BPA Consulting, UK\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePaper 19: Inkjet printing of electronics\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003eSteve Jones, Printed Electronics Limited, UK\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePaper 20: Flexible printing process for bespoke film based FCBs on polymer foil by combining laser technology, printing technology and electroplating \"Flextronic\"\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003eFrits Feenstra, TNO Science \u0026amp; Industry, The Netherlands \u0026amp; Juergen Hackert, Vipem GmbH, Germany\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePaper 21: Printed interconnects and batteries\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003eDarren Southee, Gareth Hay, Peter Evans \u0026amp; David Harrison, Brunel University, UK\u003c\/p\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:16-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:16-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2007","additive","application","batteries","blends","book","circuit boards","coating resistance","conductive polymer","electronics","epoxy resins","flame retardants","ink jet printing","interconnects","metal alloys","molding","nanocomposites","p-applications","phosphinates","plastics","polyaniline","polymer","polymers","printed wiring board","recycling"],"price":13500,"price_min":13500,"price_max":13500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378405380,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Polymers in Electronics 2007","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":13500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-84735-009-1","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-009-1.jpg?v=1499953353"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-009-1.jpg?v=1499953353","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358706872413,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-009-1.jpg?v=1499953353"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-009-1.jpg?v=1499953353","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Rapra Conference Proceedings \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84735-009-1 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMunich, Germany, 30-31 January 2007\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThis conference saw presentations from all parts of the electronics industry’s materials supply chain, from raw materials to finished products and offered an opportunity to learn more about both traditional and new polymer materials, their markets, manufacturing processes, and applications. It also covered the impact of legislation, the need to recycle and other polymer-related challenges and opportunities for the industry.\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSESSION 1. TRENDS AND GROWTH \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaper 1: Plastics in Electronics - the CEE market \u003cbr\u003eKalman Wappel, Eastern, and Central European Business Development Ltd., Hungary\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSESSION 2. CONDUCTIVE POLYMERS \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaper 2: Electrically conductive polymer blends filled with low melting metal alloys \u003cbr\u003eProf. Dr.-Ing. Dr.-Ing. E.h. Walter Michaeli \u0026amp; Dipl.-Ing. Tobias Pfefferkorn, Institute of Plastics Processing at RWTH Aachen University (IKV), Germany\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePaper 3: Development and applications of nano- and microscale layers of conductive polymers applied to various surfaces\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003eDr. Jamshid Avloni \u0026amp; Ryan Lau, Eeonyx Corporation \u0026amp; Dr. Arthur Henn, Marktek Inc., USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePaper 4: Conducting polymer nanocomposites in EMI shielding\/radar absorption applications\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003eMatt Aldissi, Fractal Systems Inc., USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePaper 5: Inherently conductive polyaniline for electronics applications\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003eJukka Perento, Panipol, Finland\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSESSION 3. NEW DEVELOPMENTS IN FLAME RETARDED POLYMERS FOR ELECTRONICS \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaper 6: Sustainable flame retardants – beyond fire safety, RoHS, and WEEE compliance \u003cbr\u003eTroy DeSoto \u0026amp; Veronique Steukers, Albemarle Corporation, Belgium \u0026amp; Kumar Kumar, Albemarle Corporation, USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePaper 7: Phosphinates, the flame retardants for polymers in electronics\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003eDr. Sebastian Hörold, lmar Schmitt, Mathias Dietz, Jerome De Boysere, Clariant Produkte GmbH, Germany\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePaper 8: Fire retardancy of polymers in electronics, a scientific approach\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003eR. Borms, S. Goebelbecker \u0026amp; L. Tange, Eurobrom B.V. ICL-IP \u0026amp; P. Georlette \u0026amp; Y. Bar Yaakov, ICL-IP, The Netherlands\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSESSION 4. POLYMERS IN SUBSTRATES, ASSEMBLY AND RELIABILITY \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaper 9: An overview of polymers as key enablers in electronics assembly \u003cbr\u003eProf. Martin Goosey, IeMRC, UK\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePaper 10: New epoxy resins for printed wiring board application\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003eDr. Bernd Hoevel, Dr. Ludovic Valette \u0026amp; Dr. Joseph Gan, Dow Deutschland Anlagengesellschaft mbH, Germany\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePaper 11: Printed circuit boards for lead-free soldering, materials and failure mechanisms\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003ePer Johander, Per-Erik Tegehall, Abelrahim Ahmed Osman, Göran Wetter \u0026amp; Dag Andersson, IVF Industrial Research \u0026amp; Development Corporation, Sweden\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePaper 12: Selection and qualification of polymers for rigid and flexible interconnect applications\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003eFlorian Schuessler, Prof. Dr.-Ing. Klaus Feldmann \u0026amp; Thomas Bigl, Institute for Manufacturing Automation and Production Systems (FAPS), Germany\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePaper 13: Macromelt molding - low-pressure adhesive injection molding\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003eOlaf Muendelein, Henkel GmbH, Germany\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePaper 14: Conformal coating resistance to organic and inorganic contaminants\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003eDr. Christopher Hunt, National Physical Laboratory, UK\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSESSION 5. POLYMER FORMULATION AND RECYCLING FOR ELECTRONICS APPLICATIONS \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaper 15: Additives: the way to tailor-made plastics for E\u0026amp;E applications \u003cbr\u003eDr. Markus C. Grob, Eelco Dekker \u0026amp; Dr. Wolfgang Diegritz, Ciba Specialty Chemicals Inc., Switzerland\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePaper 16: Polymer recycling from WEEE - rapid assessment of electronic product enclosure plastics for improved resource management\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003eProf. Gary Stevens et al, Gnosys\/Surrey University, UK\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePaper 17: Polymers in WEEE – A ‘sustainable’ raw material resource\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003eKeith Freegard, Axion Recycling Ltd, UK\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSESSION 6. POLYMERS AND PRINTED ELECTRONICS \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaper 18: Printed electronics: market opportunities and technical challenges \u003cbr\u003eMark Hutton \u0026amp; Nick Pearne, BPA Consulting, UK\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePaper 19: Inkjet printing of electronics\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003eSteve Jones, Printed Electronics Limited, UK\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePaper 20: Flexible printing process for bespoke film based FCBs on polymer foil by combining laser technology, printing technology and electroplating \"Flextronic\"\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003eFrits Feenstra, TNO Science \u0026amp; Industry, The Netherlands \u0026amp; Juergen Hackert, Vipem GmbH, Germany\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePaper 21: Printed interconnects and batteries\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003eDarren Southee, Gareth Hay, Peter Evans \u0026amp; David Harrison, Brunel University, UK\u003c\/p\u003e"}
Description Author: N.J. Mills ISBN 978-1-85957-434-8 Published: 2004pages 138 Summary Polymer Foams are used in many different types of applications and it is hard to find an area where they are not utilised. Polyolefin Foams are a relatively recent development compared to the other types of foam. The Polyolefin foam processes were developed in the 1960s...
$125.00
in stock
{"id":11242224644,"title":"Polyolefin Foams","handle":"978-1-85957-434-8","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: N.J. Mills \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-434-8 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePublished: 2004\u003cbr\u003epages 138\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPolymer Foams are used in many different types of applications and it is hard to find an area where they are not utilised. Polyolefin Foams are a relatively recent development compared to the other types of foam. The Polyolefin foam processes were developed in the 1960s and 1970s.\u003cbr\u003eThis Review starts with a brief history of the subject and then reports on the current situation regarding Polyolefin Foams. The section on processing discusses the properties required for successful foam production. The polymer section then describes the molecular structures necessary to produce the required properties and then considers novel polymer that can be used for foams. The properties section covers the mechanical and thermal properties and how these can be used to best advantage, while the applications section discusses how these properties can be used.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e2 Polymers\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Polyethylenes\u003cbr\u003e2.1.1 Blends\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Ethylene-Styrene ‘Interpolymers’\u003cbr\u003e2.3 EPDM\u003cbr\u003e2.4 Polypropylenes \u003cbr\u003e3 Processing\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Melt Rheology Suitable for Foaming\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Foam Expansion\u003cbr\u003e3.2.1 Control of Cell Size and Cell Stability\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Control of Density\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Post-Extrusion Shrinkage\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Rotomoulding\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Microcellular Foams\u003cbr\u003e3.6 Oriented PP Foams – Strandfoam \u0026lt; \u003cbr\u003e4 Mechanical Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Initial Response in Compression\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Bulk Modulus\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Compressive Collapse\u003cbr\u003e4.4 High Strain Compressive Response\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Heat Transfer from Gas to Polymer During High Strain Compression\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Creep Response and Air Loss from Cells\u003cbr\u003e4.7 Recovery After Creep\u003cbr\u003e4.8 Fatigue\u003cbr\u003e4.9 Cushion Curves for Impact Response\u003cbr\u003e4.10 Impact Response in Shear or Shear Plus Compression\u003cbr\u003e4.11 Recovery After Impact\u003cbr\u003e4.12 Multiple Impacts \u003cbr\u003e5 Thermal Properties\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Dynamic Mechanical Thermal Analysis (DMTA)\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Thermal Expansion\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Thermal Conductivity \u003cbr\u003e6 Applications\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Packaging Against Impact Damage\u003cbr\u003e6.2 EVA in Running Shoe Midsoles\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Body Armour\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Helmets\u003cbr\u003e6.5 Soccer Shin Protectors\u003cbr\u003e6.6 Automotive \u003cbr\u003e7 Market Growth\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nNigel Mills, D.Eng., Ph. D, F.I.M. graduated in Natural Sciences from Kings College, Cambridge, and then worked for ICI Petrochemical and Polymer Laboratory in Runcorn from 1964 to 1970. Since then he has been at Birmingham University, where he is currently Reader in Polymer Engineering, in the Metallurgy and Materials Department. His research interests include modeling and testing the mechanical properties of polymer foams, and the testing and design of protective helmets, clothing, and shoes. The latter involves linking injury criteria to product performance tests. His research group is equipped for impact, creep and fracture testing of foams and plastics, and testing of helmets and sports equipment. He is chairman of the British Standards committee for motorcycle helmets. He has published 140 papers on foam and polymer properties and applications.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:56-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:56-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2004","automotive","blends","book","cells","conductivity","creep","expansion","fatigue","foams","helmets","impact","market growth","p-structural","packaging","polymer","polymers","polyolefin","response","shear","soccer","thermal"],"price":12500,"price_min":12500,"price_max":12500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378386180,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Polyolefin Foams","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":12500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-434-8","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-434-8.jpg?v=1499953381"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-434-8.jpg?v=1499953381","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358708510813,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-434-8.jpg?v=1499953381"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-434-8.jpg?v=1499953381","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: N.J. Mills \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-434-8 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePublished: 2004\u003cbr\u003epages 138\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPolymer Foams are used in many different types of applications and it is hard to find an area where they are not utilised. Polyolefin Foams are a relatively recent development compared to the other types of foam. The Polyolefin foam processes were developed in the 1960s and 1970s.\u003cbr\u003eThis Review starts with a brief history of the subject and then reports on the current situation regarding Polyolefin Foams. The section on processing discusses the properties required for successful foam production. The polymer section then describes the molecular structures necessary to produce the required properties and then considers novel polymer that can be used for foams. The properties section covers the mechanical and thermal properties and how these can be used to best advantage, while the applications section discusses how these properties can be used.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e2 Polymers\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Polyethylenes\u003cbr\u003e2.1.1 Blends\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Ethylene-Styrene ‘Interpolymers’\u003cbr\u003e2.3 EPDM\u003cbr\u003e2.4 Polypropylenes \u003cbr\u003e3 Processing\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Melt Rheology Suitable for Foaming\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Foam Expansion\u003cbr\u003e3.2.1 Control of Cell Size and Cell Stability\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Control of Density\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Post-Extrusion Shrinkage\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Rotomoulding\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Microcellular Foams\u003cbr\u003e3.6 Oriented PP Foams – Strandfoam \u0026lt; \u003cbr\u003e4 Mechanical Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Initial Response in Compression\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Bulk Modulus\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Compressive Collapse\u003cbr\u003e4.4 High Strain Compressive Response\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Heat Transfer from Gas to Polymer During High Strain Compression\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Creep Response and Air Loss from Cells\u003cbr\u003e4.7 Recovery After Creep\u003cbr\u003e4.8 Fatigue\u003cbr\u003e4.9 Cushion Curves for Impact Response\u003cbr\u003e4.10 Impact Response in Shear or Shear Plus Compression\u003cbr\u003e4.11 Recovery After Impact\u003cbr\u003e4.12 Multiple Impacts \u003cbr\u003e5 Thermal Properties\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Dynamic Mechanical Thermal Analysis (DMTA)\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Thermal Expansion\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Thermal Conductivity \u003cbr\u003e6 Applications\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Packaging Against Impact Damage\u003cbr\u003e6.2 EVA in Running Shoe Midsoles\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Body Armour\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Helmets\u003cbr\u003e6.5 Soccer Shin Protectors\u003cbr\u003e6.6 Automotive \u003cbr\u003e7 Market Growth\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nNigel Mills, D.Eng., Ph. D, F.I.M. graduated in Natural Sciences from Kings College, Cambridge, and then worked for ICI Petrochemical and Polymer Laboratory in Runcorn from 1964 to 1970. Since then he has been at Birmingham University, where he is currently Reader in Polymer Engineering, in the Metallurgy and Materials Department. His research interests include modeling and testing the mechanical properties of polymer foams, and the testing and design of protective helmets, clothing, and shoes. The latter involves linking injury criteria to product performance tests. His research group is equipped for impact, creep and fracture testing of foams and plastics, and testing of helmets and sports equipment. He is chairman of the British Standards committee for motorcycle helmets. He has published 140 papers on foam and polymer properties and applications."}
Description Author: Clive Maier, Teresa Calafut 10-ISBN 1-884207-58-8 13-ISBN 978-1-884207-58-7Published: 1998Pages: 425, Figures: 315 , Tables: 115 Summary Polypropylene, The Definitive User's Guide and Databook present in a single volume a panoramic and up-to-the-minute user's guide for today's most important thermoplastic. The book examines every aspect - science, technology, engineering, properties, design, processing, applications - of the...
$361.00
in stock
{"id":11242244036,"title":"Polypropylene","handle":"1-884207-58-8","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Clive Maier, Teresa Calafut \u003cbr\u003e10-ISBN 1-884207-58-8 \u003cbr\u003e13-\u003cspan\u003eISBN 978-1-884207-58-7\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 1998\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003ePages: 425, Figures: 315 , Tables: 115\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPolypropylene, The Definitive User's Guide and Databook present in a single volume a panoramic and up-to-the-minute user's guide for today's most important thermoplastic. The book examines every aspect - science, technology, engineering, properties, design, processing, applications - of the continuing development and use of polypropylene. The unique treatment means that specialists can not only find what they want but for the first time can relate to and understand the needs and requirements of others in the product development chain. The entire work is underpinned by very extensive collections of property data that allow the reader to put the information to real industrial and commercial use.\u003cbr\u003eDespite the preeminence and unrivaled versatility of polypropylene as a thermoplastic material to manufacture, relatively few books have been devoted to its study. Polypropylene, The Definitive User's Guide, and Databook not only fills the gap but breaks new ground in doing so. Polypropylene is the most popular thermoplastic in use today, and still one of the fastest growing. Polypropylene, The Definitive User's Guide and Databook is the complete workbook and reference resource for all those who work with the material. Its comprehensive scope uniquely caters to polymer scientists, plastics engineers, processing technologists, product designers, machinery and mold makers, product managers, end users, researchers and students alike.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nChemical Properties\u003cbr\u003eMorphology\u003cbr\u003eCommercial Forms\u003cbr\u003eAdditives\u003cbr\u003eData Sheet Properties\u003cbr\u003eDesign\u003cbr\u003eFilms, Sheets, Fibers \u0026amp; Foams\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExtensive Processing Data On\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePre-Processing\u003cbr\u003eInjection Extrusion \u0026amp; Blow Molding\u003cbr\u003eThermoforming\u003cbr\u003eCalendering\u003cbr\u003eCompression\u003cbr\u003eMachining\u003cbr\u003eJoining\u003cbr\u003eDecorating\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFunctions Including\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMechanical, Thermal \u0026amp; Electrical Properties\u003cbr\u003ePermeability\u003cbr\u003eUV Light and Weathering\u003cbr\u003eSterilization\u003cbr\u003eViscosity\u003cbr\u003eChemical Resistance\u003cbr\u003eFlammability\u003cbr\u003eToxicity\u003cbr\u003eAlso Included\u003cbr\u003eEnvironmental Considerations\u003cbr\u003eAgency Approvals\u003cbr\u003eApplications\u003cbr\u003eCommercial Suppliers\u003cbr\u003eAvailable Grades\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInformation Presented As\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTextual\u003cbr\u003eDiscussions\u003cbr\u003eImages\u003cbr\u003eGraphs\u003cbr\u003eTables","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:56-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:56-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["1998","additives","blow molding","book","calendering","chemical resistance","compression","decorating","electrical","Environment","extrusion","fibers","films","flammability","foams","injection","joining","mechanical","morphology","moulding","p-chemistry","permeability","polymer","polypropylene","processing","properties","sheets","sterilization","thermal","thermoforming","thermoplastic","toxicity","UV","viscosity","weathering"],"price":36100,"price_min":36100,"price_max":36100,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378446532,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Polypropylene","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":36100,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-884207-58-7","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/1-884207-58-8.jpg?v=1499725990"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/1-884207-58-8.jpg?v=1499725990","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358710083677,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/1-884207-58-8.jpg?v=1499725990"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/1-884207-58-8.jpg?v=1499725990","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Clive Maier, Teresa Calafut \u003cbr\u003e10-ISBN 1-884207-58-8 \u003cbr\u003e13-\u003cspan\u003eISBN 978-1-884207-58-7\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 1998\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003ePages: 425, Figures: 315 , Tables: 115\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPolypropylene, The Definitive User's Guide and Databook present in a single volume a panoramic and up-to-the-minute user's guide for today's most important thermoplastic. The book examines every aspect - science, technology, engineering, properties, design, processing, applications - of the continuing development and use of polypropylene. The unique treatment means that specialists can not only find what they want but for the first time can relate to and understand the needs and requirements of others in the product development chain. The entire work is underpinned by very extensive collections of property data that allow the reader to put the information to real industrial and commercial use.\u003cbr\u003eDespite the preeminence and unrivaled versatility of polypropylene as a thermoplastic material to manufacture, relatively few books have been devoted to its study. Polypropylene, The Definitive User's Guide, and Databook not only fills the gap but breaks new ground in doing so. Polypropylene is the most popular thermoplastic in use today, and still one of the fastest growing. Polypropylene, The Definitive User's Guide and Databook is the complete workbook and reference resource for all those who work with the material. Its comprehensive scope uniquely caters to polymer scientists, plastics engineers, processing technologists, product designers, machinery and mold makers, product managers, end users, researchers and students alike.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nChemical Properties\u003cbr\u003eMorphology\u003cbr\u003eCommercial Forms\u003cbr\u003eAdditives\u003cbr\u003eData Sheet Properties\u003cbr\u003eDesign\u003cbr\u003eFilms, Sheets, Fibers \u0026amp; Foams\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExtensive Processing Data On\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePre-Processing\u003cbr\u003eInjection Extrusion \u0026amp; Blow Molding\u003cbr\u003eThermoforming\u003cbr\u003eCalendering\u003cbr\u003eCompression\u003cbr\u003eMachining\u003cbr\u003eJoining\u003cbr\u003eDecorating\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFunctions Including\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMechanical, Thermal \u0026amp; Electrical Properties\u003cbr\u003ePermeability\u003cbr\u003eUV Light and Weathering\u003cbr\u003eSterilization\u003cbr\u003eViscosity\u003cbr\u003eChemical Resistance\u003cbr\u003eFlammability\u003cbr\u003eToxicity\u003cbr\u003eAlso Included\u003cbr\u003eEnvironmental Considerations\u003cbr\u003eAgency Approvals\u003cbr\u003eApplications\u003cbr\u003eCommercial Suppliers\u003cbr\u003eAvailable Grades\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInformation Presented As\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTextual\u003cbr\u003eDiscussions\u003cbr\u003eImages\u003cbr\u003eGraphs\u003cbr\u003eTables"}
Description Author: Vannessa Goodship ISBN 978-1-84735-095-4 Published: 2009Rapra Review Report 191, Vol. 16, No. 11, 2009 Pages: 142 Summary For a number of years, plastic wastes have been accumulating at such a rate that there are now huge environmental concerns with their disposal. Options such as landfill and incineration have not been well received by...
$125.00
in stock
{"id":11242216260,"title":"Polyvinyl Alcohol: Materials, Processing and Applications","handle":"978-1-84735-095-4","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Vannessa Goodship \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84735-095-4 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2009\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eRapra Review Report 191, Vol. 16, No. 11, 2009\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePages: 142\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nFor a number of years, plastic wastes have been accumulating at such a rate that there are now huge environmental concerns with their disposal. Options such as landfill and incineration have not been well received by the public, or indeed government legislation, and focus is now firmly upon the use of biodegradable alternatives for mass applications.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne material that has been considered for mass application has been polyvinyl alcohol (PVOH). To date, the use of this material has been confined to comparatively low technology applications such as paper coatings and fibre sizing, which rely upon its inherently poor resistance to moisture to initiate degradation and ultimate disposal.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePolyvinyl Alcohol: Materials, Processing, and Applications provide a concise introduction to PVOH - the material itself, the processing and applications, and also potential future directions for PVOH. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. Vannessa Goodship is a Senior Research Fellow at The University of Warwick. She worked in the plastics industry for fourteen years prior to working at Warwick and has acted as coordinator for the UK Polymer Recycling Network. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShe has now worked in the field of polymer processing for over twenty four years and has published work on a variety of plastic related subjects.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:28-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:28-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2009","applications","book","p-chemistry","polymer","polyvinyl alcohol","processing","PVOH"],"price":12500,"price_min":12500,"price_max":12500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378356548,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Polyvinyl Alcohol: Materials, Processing and Applications","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":12500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-84735-095-4","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-095-4.jpg?v=1499953482"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-095-4.jpg?v=1499953482","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358715424861,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-095-4.jpg?v=1499953482"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-095-4.jpg?v=1499953482","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Vannessa Goodship \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84735-095-4 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2009\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eRapra Review Report 191, Vol. 16, No. 11, 2009\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePages: 142\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nFor a number of years, plastic wastes have been accumulating at such a rate that there are now huge environmental concerns with their disposal. Options such as landfill and incineration have not been well received by the public, or indeed government legislation, and focus is now firmly upon the use of biodegradable alternatives for mass applications.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne material that has been considered for mass application has been polyvinyl alcohol (PVOH). To date, the use of this material has been confined to comparatively low technology applications such as paper coatings and fibre sizing, which rely upon its inherently poor resistance to moisture to initiate degradation and ultimate disposal.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePolyvinyl Alcohol: Materials, Processing, and Applications provide a concise introduction to PVOH - the material itself, the processing and applications, and also potential future directions for PVOH. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. Vannessa Goodship is a Senior Research Fellow at The University of Warwick. She worked in the plastics industry for fourteen years prior to working at Warwick and has acted as coordinator for the UK Polymer Recycling Network. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShe has now worked in the field of polymer processing for over twenty four years and has published work on a variety of plastic related subjects.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e"}
Description Author: N. C. Lee ISBN 978-1-85957-513-0 Published: 2006Pages: 204 Summary Blow moulding is a manufacturing process used to form hollow plastic parts. It evolved from the ancient art of glass blowing and it is used to particular advantage with plastic materials. Celluloid was used first to blow mould baby rattles and novelties in the 1930s,...
$90.00
in stock
{"id":11242224772,"title":"Practical Guide to Blow Moulding","handle":"978-1-85957-513-0","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: N. C. Lee \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-513-0 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePublished: 2006\u003cbr\u003ePages: 204\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nBlow moulding is a manufacturing process used to form hollow plastic parts. It evolved from the ancient art of glass blowing and it is used to particular advantage with plastic materials. Celluloid was used first to blow mould baby rattles and novelties in the 1930s, linear low-density polyethylene was used in the 1940s for high production bottles and these days polyethylene terephthalate is used to make anything from soda bottles to highly sophisticated multilayered containers and automotive fuel tanks in the last decade. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhen designing a product it is important to consider aspects such as a material's characteristics, the processing methods available, the assembly and finishing procedures, and the life cycle and expected performance of the product. This book presents the basics of blow moulding as well as the latest state-of-the-art and science of the industry. A key feature is the approach of discussing the ‘basics’ and then taking the reader through the entire process from design development through to final production. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is very important for those involved in the manufacturing operation to keep abreast of the advances that are being made. This book will be of interest to those already using the blow moulding process and those who are interested in the potential offered by this versatile technology.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 What is Blow Moulding?\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e1.1.1 Definition\u003cbr\u003e1.1.2 Basic Process\u003cbr\u003e1.1.3 History and Development\u003cbr\u003e1.2 Types of Blow Moulding\u003cbr\u003e1.2.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e1.2.2 Stretch Blow Moulding\u003cbr\u003e1.2.3 Extrusion Blow Moulding\u003cbr\u003e1.3 Material Considerations\u003cbr\u003e1.3.1 Materials Selection\u003cbr\u003e1.3.2 Product Properties and Market Usage\u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003e2 Design and Engineering\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Design\u003cbr\u003e2.1.1 Product Design and Development System\u003cbr\u003e2.1.2 Process Management Tracking Systems\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Basic Design\u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Basic Design Considerations\u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Bottle and Container Design\u003cbr\u003e2.2.3 Structural Design\u003cbr\u003e2.2.4 Design Details\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Selection of Materials\u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Polymer Principles\u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Types of Polymers\u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Amorphous and Crystalline\u003cbr\u003e2.3.4 Fundamental Properties\u003cbr\u003e2.4 Characteristics For Blow Moulding\u003cbr\u003e2.4.1 HDPE\u003cbr\u003e2.4.2 Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene (ABS)\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3 Polycarbonate (PC)\u003cbr\u003e2.4.4 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e2.4.5 Polyphenylene Oxide\u003cbr\u003e2.5 Colouring Plastic Materials\u003cbr\u003e2.6 Regrind\u003cbr\u003e2.6.1 Re-grind Specifications\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2 Process Performance\u003cbr\u003e2.6.3 Physical Properties\u003cbr\u003e2.7 Post Consumer and Industrial Recycled Materials\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eGeneral Reading \u003cbr\u003e3 Mould Design and Engineering\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Main Characteristics of the Mould\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Basic Design and Construction Considerations\u003cbr\u003e3.2.1 Mould Materials\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Selection of Materials\u003cbr\u003e3.2.3 Characteristics of Mould Materials\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Cut Mould versus Cast Moulds\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1 Cast Aluminium Moulds\u003cbr\u003e3.3.2 Cut Moulds\u003cbr\u003e3.3.3 Cast and Cut Moulds\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Importance of Fast Mould Cooling\u003cbr\u003e3.4.1 Fast Heat Transfer Material Considerations\u003cbr\u003e3.4.2 Manifolds\u003cbr\u003e3.4.3 Control of Flash\u003cbr\u003e3.4.4 Rate of Cooling\u003cbr\u003e3.4.5 Remedies for Flash\u003cbr\u003e3.5 The Pinch Off\u003cbr\u003e3.5.1 Importance\u003cbr\u003e3.6 High Quality, Undamaged Mould Cavity Finish\u003cbr\u003e3.6.1 Mould Cavity Finish\u003cbr\u003e3.7 Effects of Air and Moisture Trapped in the Mould\u003cbr\u003e3.7.1 Polished Moulds\u003cbr\u003e3.7.2 Moisture\u003cbr\u003e3.8 Injection of the Blowing Air\u003cbr\u003e3.8.1 Injection Blowing Air\u003cbr\u003e3.8.2 Blowing Devices\u003cbr\u003e3.9 Ejection of the Piece from the Mould\u003cbr\u003e3.9.1 Ejection Methods\u003cbr\u003e3.9.2 Manual Ejection\u003cbr\u003e3.9.3 Automatic Ejection\u003cbr\u003e3.9.4 Hydraulic Systems\u003cbr\u003e3.10 Pre-Pinch Bars\u003cbr\u003e3.10.1 Top Pinch\u003cbr\u003e3.10.2 Bottom Pinch\u003cbr\u003e3.11 Bottle Moulds\u003cbr\u003e3.11.1 Neck Ring and Blow Pin Design\u003cbr\u003e3.12 Dome Systems\u003cbr\u003e3.12.1 Dome Blow Pin\u003cbr\u003e3.12.2 Trimming Types\u003cbr\u003e3.13 Pre-Finished System\u003cbr\u003e3.13.1 Pre-Finished Neck Rings\u003cbr\u003e3.14 Unusual Problems\u003cbr\u003e3.14.1 Special Features\u003cbr\u003e3.14.2 Irregular Shaped Parts\u003cbr\u003e3.15 Computer Aided Design and Engineering for Mould Making\u003cbr\u003e3.15.1 Application in Mould Making\u003cbr\u003e3.15.2 Systems and Methods\u003cbr\u003e3.16 General Mould Buying Practices\u003cbr\u003e3.16.1 Mould Procurement\u003cbr\u003e3.16.2 Request for Quotation\u003cbr\u003e3.17 Mould Maintenance Program\u003cbr\u003e3.17.1 The Moulds Used to Produce Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) and Polyethylene Terephthalate\u003cbr\u003e3.17.2 Moulds for PE\u003cbr\u003e3.17.3 Mould Cooling Lines\u003cbr\u003e3.17.4 Guide Pins and Bushings\u003cbr\u003e3.17.5 Striker Plates and Blow Pin Plates\u003cbr\u003e3.17.6 Pinch off\u003cbr\u003e3.17.7 Shut Down\u003cbr\u003eAcknowledgements\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eFurther Reading \u003cbr\u003e4 The Extrusion Blow Moulding System\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Extruder\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Drive\u003cbr\u003e4.2.1 Motors\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Gear Box\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Screw Support Bearings\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1 Life of Thrust Bearings\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Extruder Feed\u003cbr\u003e4.5.1 Feed\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Hopper\u003cbr\u003e4.6.2 Feed Throat\u003cbr\u003e4.7 Single-Screw Extruder\u003cbr\u003e4.7.1 Barrel Construction\u003cbr\u003e4.7.2 Zone Heating\u003cbr\u003e4.7.3 Venting\u003cbr\u003e4.7.4 Wear Resistant Barrels\u003cbr\u003e4.7.5 Grooved Barrels\u003cbr\u003e4.7.6 Pressure Generation\u003cbr\u003e4.8 Melt Filtration\u003cbr\u003e4.9 The Screw\u003cbr\u003e4.9.1 General-Purpose Screw\u003cbr\u003e4.9.2 Screw Zones\u003cbr\u003e4.9.3 Dedicated Screws\u003cbr\u003e4.9.4 Barrier Screws\u003cbr\u003e4.9.5 Wear-Resistant Screws\u003cbr\u003e4.9.6 Mixing Pins and Sections\u003cbr\u003e4.9.7 Distributive and Dispersive Mixing\u003cbr\u003e4.10 The Extrusion Blow Moulding Head and Die Unit\u003cbr\u003e4.10.1 Centre-Feed Die\u003cbr\u003e4.10.2 Side-Feed Dies\u003cbr\u003e4.10.3 Wall Thickness\u003cbr\u003e4.10.4 Accumulator Head\u003cbr\u003e4.10.5 Die and Mandrel\u003cbr\u003e4.10.6 Die Swell\u003cbr\u003e4.10.7 Parison Adjustment\u003cbr\u003e4.10.8 Die Shaping\u003cbr\u003e4.10.9 Parison Programming\u003cbr\u003e4.10.10 Blow-up Ratio\u003cbr\u003e4.11 Mould Clamping Systems\u003cbr\u003e4.11.2 Clamping System Requirements\u003cbr\u003e4.11.3 Clamp Operation\u003cbr\u003e4.11.4 Press Types \u003cbr\u003e5 Extrusion Blow Moulding Advanced Systems\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Co-Extrusion Blow Moulding\u003cbr\u003e5.1.1 Arrangement of Extruders for Co-Extrusion\u003cbr\u003e5.1.2 Multi-Layered Structures\u003cbr\u003e5.1.3 Co-Extrusion Systems\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Three-Dimensional Blow Moulding\u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Introduction to 3-D\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 3-D Extrusion Processes\u003cbr\u003e5.2.3 Suction Blow Moulding\u003cbr\u003e5.2.4 Parison Manipulation\u003cbr\u003e5.2.5 3-D Extrusion Systems\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6 Head Adapter Radial Wall System\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Double Walled Parts and Containers \u003cbr\u003e6 Injection and Stretch Blow Moulding Machines\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e6.1.1 Injection Moulding Process\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Process Characteristics\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1 One step Machine\u003cbr\u003e6.2.2 Two Step Process\u003cbr\u003e6.2.3 Moulding Process\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Tooling\u003cbr\u003e6.3.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Stretch Blow Moulding\u003cbr\u003e6.4.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003e7 Safe and Efficient Set-up, Start-up, Operation, Shutdown Procedures and Safety\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Start-up\u003cbr\u003e7.1.1 Start-Up Preparations\u003cbr\u003e7.1.2 Melt Temperature\u003cbr\u003e7.1.3 Warming up an Empty Machine\u003cbr\u003e7.1.4 Warming up a Full Machine\u003cbr\u003e7.1.5 Initial Operation and Purging\u003cbr\u003e7.1.6 Commencing Moulding – Manual Operation\u003cbr\u003e7.1.7 Commencing Moulding – Automatic Operation\u003cbr\u003e7.1.8 Changing Conditions and Dimension Verification\u003cbr\u003e7.1.9 Recording Production Conditions\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Safety in Normal Machine Operation\u003cbr\u003e7.2.1 Operation\u003cbr\u003e7.2.2 Safety Considerations\u003cbr\u003e7.3 Shutting Down\u003cbr\u003e7.3.1 Temporary Stops\u003cbr\u003e7.3.2 Overnight Stops\u003cbr\u003e7.3.3 High Temperature Work\u003cbr\u003e7.3.4 Heat-Sensitive Materials\u003cbr\u003e7.3.5 Purge Materials\u003cbr\u003e7.3.6 Shutting Down an Injection Blow Moulding Machine\u003cbr\u003e7.3.7 Check Recommendations\u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003e8 Fault Finding – Causes and Effects\u003cbr\u003e8.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e8.2 Troubleshooting\u003cbr\u003e8.3 Brainstorming\u003cbr\u003e8.4 Problems and Causes\u003cbr\u003e8.4.1 Background Sounds of the Plant\u003cbr\u003e8.4.2 Quality Problems\u003cbr\u003e8.4.3 Machine and Equipment Problems\u003cbr\u003e8.4.4 Importance of Consistent Material\u003cbr\u003e8.4.5 Process Settings\u003cbr\u003e8.4.6 Ambient Conditions\u003cbr\u003e8.5 Preventive and Corrective Actions\u003cbr\u003e8.5.1 Corrective Actions\u003cbr\u003e8.5.2 Corrective-Action Team\u003cbr\u003e8.5.3 Root Cause\u003cbr\u003e8.6 Packaging\u003cbr\u003e8.7 Scrap\u003cbr\u003e8.7.1 Contaminated Material\u003cbr\u003e8.7.2 Reworked Parts \u003cbr\u003e9 Auxiliary Equipment: Design, Function, Operation, and Safety\u003cbr\u003e9.1 Bulk Material Handling Systems\u003cbr\u003e9.2 Dryer\u003cbr\u003e9.2.1 Hot Air Dryers\u003cbr\u003e9.2.2 Dryer Operation\u003cbr\u003e9.2.3 Dryer Safety\u003cbr\u003e9.3 Blenders and Metering Equipment (Feeders)\u003cbr\u003e9.3.1 A Volumetric Blender\u003cbr\u003e9.3.2 Gravimetric Systems\u003cbr\u003e9.3.3 Metering and Blending Equipment\u003cbr\u003e9.3.4 Machine Operation\u003cbr\u003e9.4 Machine Safety\u003cbr\u003e9.5 Hopper Loader\u003cbr\u003e9.5.1 Loader Operation\u003cbr\u003e9.6 Water Temperature Controllers\u003cbr\u003e9.6.1 Operation\u003cbr\u003e9.7 In-line Inspection and Testing Equipment\u003cbr\u003e9.7.1 Laser Measurement\u003cbr\u003e9.7.2 Ultrasonic Testing\u003cbr\u003e9.7.3 Vision Systems\u003cbr\u003e9.7.4 Mechanical\u003cbr\u003e9.8 Conveyors\u003cbr\u003e9.9 Granulators\u003cbr\u003e9.10 Safety \u003cbr\u003e10 Finishing\u003cbr\u003e10.1 Planning for the Finishing of a Blow Moulded Part\u003cbr\u003e10.1.1 Product Design\u003cbr\u003e10.1.2 Mould Engineering\u003cbr\u003e10.1.3 Process Planning\u003cbr\u003e10.2 Removing Domes and Other Sections\u003cbr\u003e10.3 Flash Removal\u003cbr\u003e10.3.1 The Cutting Machine – Round Parts versus Parts with Corners \u003cbr\u003e11 Decoration of Blow Moulded Products\u003cbr\u003e11.1 Testing Surface Treated Parts\u003cbr\u003e11.2 Spray Painting\u003cbr\u003e11.3 Screen Printing\u003cbr\u003e11.4 Hot Stamping\u003cbr\u003e11.5 Pad Printing\u003cbr\u003e11.6 Labels and Decals \u003cbr\u003e12 Glossary\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nNorman Lee has held various positions in the plastics industry in product and process design and development, in a career of over forty years culminating as Vice President of Research and Development with Zarn, Inc., USA. He has been active in the SPE in the Plastic Environmental (Recycling), Blow Molding and Product Development Divisions. He has written several technical reference books and been granted 20 patents in the field of blow moulding. Mr. Lee is now directing his own consulting services, offering seminars and in-plant training programs for the blow moulding industry and conducting expert witness work.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:56-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:57-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2006","barrel","blow moulding","book","co-extrusion","die","drive","extruder","feed","gear box","hopper","mandrel","materials","motors","moulding","p-processing","PE","plastics","polyethylene","polymer","polyvinyl chloride","PVC","screw","terephthalate","wear"],"price":9000,"price_min":9000,"price_max":9000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378389892,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Practical Guide to Blow Moulding","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":9000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-513-0","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-513-0.jpg?v=1499953510"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-513-0.jpg?v=1499953510","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358716244061,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-513-0.jpg?v=1499953510"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-513-0.jpg?v=1499953510","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: N. C. Lee \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-513-0 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePublished: 2006\u003cbr\u003ePages: 204\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nBlow moulding is a manufacturing process used to form hollow plastic parts. It evolved from the ancient art of glass blowing and it is used to particular advantage with plastic materials. Celluloid was used first to blow mould baby rattles and novelties in the 1930s, linear low-density polyethylene was used in the 1940s for high production bottles and these days polyethylene terephthalate is used to make anything from soda bottles to highly sophisticated multilayered containers and automotive fuel tanks in the last decade. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhen designing a product it is important to consider aspects such as a material's characteristics, the processing methods available, the assembly and finishing procedures, and the life cycle and expected performance of the product. This book presents the basics of blow moulding as well as the latest state-of-the-art and science of the industry. A key feature is the approach of discussing the ‘basics’ and then taking the reader through the entire process from design development through to final production. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is very important for those involved in the manufacturing operation to keep abreast of the advances that are being made. This book will be of interest to those already using the blow moulding process and those who are interested in the potential offered by this versatile technology.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 What is Blow Moulding?\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e1.1.1 Definition\u003cbr\u003e1.1.2 Basic Process\u003cbr\u003e1.1.3 History and Development\u003cbr\u003e1.2 Types of Blow Moulding\u003cbr\u003e1.2.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e1.2.2 Stretch Blow Moulding\u003cbr\u003e1.2.3 Extrusion Blow Moulding\u003cbr\u003e1.3 Material Considerations\u003cbr\u003e1.3.1 Materials Selection\u003cbr\u003e1.3.2 Product Properties and Market Usage\u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003e2 Design and Engineering\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Design\u003cbr\u003e2.1.1 Product Design and Development System\u003cbr\u003e2.1.2 Process Management Tracking Systems\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Basic Design\u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Basic Design Considerations\u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Bottle and Container Design\u003cbr\u003e2.2.3 Structural Design\u003cbr\u003e2.2.4 Design Details\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Selection of Materials\u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Polymer Principles\u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Types of Polymers\u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Amorphous and Crystalline\u003cbr\u003e2.3.4 Fundamental Properties\u003cbr\u003e2.4 Characteristics For Blow Moulding\u003cbr\u003e2.4.1 HDPE\u003cbr\u003e2.4.2 Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene (ABS)\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3 Polycarbonate (PC)\u003cbr\u003e2.4.4 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e2.4.5 Polyphenylene Oxide\u003cbr\u003e2.5 Colouring Plastic Materials\u003cbr\u003e2.6 Regrind\u003cbr\u003e2.6.1 Re-grind Specifications\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2 Process Performance\u003cbr\u003e2.6.3 Physical Properties\u003cbr\u003e2.7 Post Consumer and Industrial Recycled Materials\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eGeneral Reading \u003cbr\u003e3 Mould Design and Engineering\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Main Characteristics of the Mould\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Basic Design and Construction Considerations\u003cbr\u003e3.2.1 Mould Materials\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Selection of Materials\u003cbr\u003e3.2.3 Characteristics of Mould Materials\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Cut Mould versus Cast Moulds\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1 Cast Aluminium Moulds\u003cbr\u003e3.3.2 Cut Moulds\u003cbr\u003e3.3.3 Cast and Cut Moulds\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Importance of Fast Mould Cooling\u003cbr\u003e3.4.1 Fast Heat Transfer Material Considerations\u003cbr\u003e3.4.2 Manifolds\u003cbr\u003e3.4.3 Control of Flash\u003cbr\u003e3.4.4 Rate of Cooling\u003cbr\u003e3.4.5 Remedies for Flash\u003cbr\u003e3.5 The Pinch Off\u003cbr\u003e3.5.1 Importance\u003cbr\u003e3.6 High Quality, Undamaged Mould Cavity Finish\u003cbr\u003e3.6.1 Mould Cavity Finish\u003cbr\u003e3.7 Effects of Air and Moisture Trapped in the Mould\u003cbr\u003e3.7.1 Polished Moulds\u003cbr\u003e3.7.2 Moisture\u003cbr\u003e3.8 Injection of the Blowing Air\u003cbr\u003e3.8.1 Injection Blowing Air\u003cbr\u003e3.8.2 Blowing Devices\u003cbr\u003e3.9 Ejection of the Piece from the Mould\u003cbr\u003e3.9.1 Ejection Methods\u003cbr\u003e3.9.2 Manual Ejection\u003cbr\u003e3.9.3 Automatic Ejection\u003cbr\u003e3.9.4 Hydraulic Systems\u003cbr\u003e3.10 Pre-Pinch Bars\u003cbr\u003e3.10.1 Top Pinch\u003cbr\u003e3.10.2 Bottom Pinch\u003cbr\u003e3.11 Bottle Moulds\u003cbr\u003e3.11.1 Neck Ring and Blow Pin Design\u003cbr\u003e3.12 Dome Systems\u003cbr\u003e3.12.1 Dome Blow Pin\u003cbr\u003e3.12.2 Trimming Types\u003cbr\u003e3.13 Pre-Finished System\u003cbr\u003e3.13.1 Pre-Finished Neck Rings\u003cbr\u003e3.14 Unusual Problems\u003cbr\u003e3.14.1 Special Features\u003cbr\u003e3.14.2 Irregular Shaped Parts\u003cbr\u003e3.15 Computer Aided Design and Engineering for Mould Making\u003cbr\u003e3.15.1 Application in Mould Making\u003cbr\u003e3.15.2 Systems and Methods\u003cbr\u003e3.16 General Mould Buying Practices\u003cbr\u003e3.16.1 Mould Procurement\u003cbr\u003e3.16.2 Request for Quotation\u003cbr\u003e3.17 Mould Maintenance Program\u003cbr\u003e3.17.1 The Moulds Used to Produce Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) and Polyethylene Terephthalate\u003cbr\u003e3.17.2 Moulds for PE\u003cbr\u003e3.17.3 Mould Cooling Lines\u003cbr\u003e3.17.4 Guide Pins and Bushings\u003cbr\u003e3.17.5 Striker Plates and Blow Pin Plates\u003cbr\u003e3.17.6 Pinch off\u003cbr\u003e3.17.7 Shut Down\u003cbr\u003eAcknowledgements\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eFurther Reading \u003cbr\u003e4 The Extrusion Blow Moulding System\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Extruder\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Drive\u003cbr\u003e4.2.1 Motors\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Gear Box\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Screw Support Bearings\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1 Life of Thrust Bearings\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Extruder Feed\u003cbr\u003e4.5.1 Feed\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Hopper\u003cbr\u003e4.6.2 Feed Throat\u003cbr\u003e4.7 Single-Screw Extruder\u003cbr\u003e4.7.1 Barrel Construction\u003cbr\u003e4.7.2 Zone Heating\u003cbr\u003e4.7.3 Venting\u003cbr\u003e4.7.4 Wear Resistant Barrels\u003cbr\u003e4.7.5 Grooved Barrels\u003cbr\u003e4.7.6 Pressure Generation\u003cbr\u003e4.8 Melt Filtration\u003cbr\u003e4.9 The Screw\u003cbr\u003e4.9.1 General-Purpose Screw\u003cbr\u003e4.9.2 Screw Zones\u003cbr\u003e4.9.3 Dedicated Screws\u003cbr\u003e4.9.4 Barrier Screws\u003cbr\u003e4.9.5 Wear-Resistant Screws\u003cbr\u003e4.9.6 Mixing Pins and Sections\u003cbr\u003e4.9.7 Distributive and Dispersive Mixing\u003cbr\u003e4.10 The Extrusion Blow Moulding Head and Die Unit\u003cbr\u003e4.10.1 Centre-Feed Die\u003cbr\u003e4.10.2 Side-Feed Dies\u003cbr\u003e4.10.3 Wall Thickness\u003cbr\u003e4.10.4 Accumulator Head\u003cbr\u003e4.10.5 Die and Mandrel\u003cbr\u003e4.10.6 Die Swell\u003cbr\u003e4.10.7 Parison Adjustment\u003cbr\u003e4.10.8 Die Shaping\u003cbr\u003e4.10.9 Parison Programming\u003cbr\u003e4.10.10 Blow-up Ratio\u003cbr\u003e4.11 Mould Clamping Systems\u003cbr\u003e4.11.2 Clamping System Requirements\u003cbr\u003e4.11.3 Clamp Operation\u003cbr\u003e4.11.4 Press Types \u003cbr\u003e5 Extrusion Blow Moulding Advanced Systems\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Co-Extrusion Blow Moulding\u003cbr\u003e5.1.1 Arrangement of Extruders for Co-Extrusion\u003cbr\u003e5.1.2 Multi-Layered Structures\u003cbr\u003e5.1.3 Co-Extrusion Systems\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Three-Dimensional Blow Moulding\u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Introduction to 3-D\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 3-D Extrusion Processes\u003cbr\u003e5.2.3 Suction Blow Moulding\u003cbr\u003e5.2.4 Parison Manipulation\u003cbr\u003e5.2.5 3-D Extrusion Systems\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6 Head Adapter Radial Wall System\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Double Walled Parts and Containers \u003cbr\u003e6 Injection and Stretch Blow Moulding Machines\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e6.1.1 Injection Moulding Process\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Process Characteristics\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1 One step Machine\u003cbr\u003e6.2.2 Two Step Process\u003cbr\u003e6.2.3 Moulding Process\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Tooling\u003cbr\u003e6.3.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Stretch Blow Moulding\u003cbr\u003e6.4.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003e7 Safe and Efficient Set-up, Start-up, Operation, Shutdown Procedures and Safety\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Start-up\u003cbr\u003e7.1.1 Start-Up Preparations\u003cbr\u003e7.1.2 Melt Temperature\u003cbr\u003e7.1.3 Warming up an Empty Machine\u003cbr\u003e7.1.4 Warming up a Full Machine\u003cbr\u003e7.1.5 Initial Operation and Purging\u003cbr\u003e7.1.6 Commencing Moulding – Manual Operation\u003cbr\u003e7.1.7 Commencing Moulding – Automatic Operation\u003cbr\u003e7.1.8 Changing Conditions and Dimension Verification\u003cbr\u003e7.1.9 Recording Production Conditions\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Safety in Normal Machine Operation\u003cbr\u003e7.2.1 Operation\u003cbr\u003e7.2.2 Safety Considerations\u003cbr\u003e7.3 Shutting Down\u003cbr\u003e7.3.1 Temporary Stops\u003cbr\u003e7.3.2 Overnight Stops\u003cbr\u003e7.3.3 High Temperature Work\u003cbr\u003e7.3.4 Heat-Sensitive Materials\u003cbr\u003e7.3.5 Purge Materials\u003cbr\u003e7.3.6 Shutting Down an Injection Blow Moulding Machine\u003cbr\u003e7.3.7 Check Recommendations\u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003e8 Fault Finding – Causes and Effects\u003cbr\u003e8.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e8.2 Troubleshooting\u003cbr\u003e8.3 Brainstorming\u003cbr\u003e8.4 Problems and Causes\u003cbr\u003e8.4.1 Background Sounds of the Plant\u003cbr\u003e8.4.2 Quality Problems\u003cbr\u003e8.4.3 Machine and Equipment Problems\u003cbr\u003e8.4.4 Importance of Consistent Material\u003cbr\u003e8.4.5 Process Settings\u003cbr\u003e8.4.6 Ambient Conditions\u003cbr\u003e8.5 Preventive and Corrective Actions\u003cbr\u003e8.5.1 Corrective Actions\u003cbr\u003e8.5.2 Corrective-Action Team\u003cbr\u003e8.5.3 Root Cause\u003cbr\u003e8.6 Packaging\u003cbr\u003e8.7 Scrap\u003cbr\u003e8.7.1 Contaminated Material\u003cbr\u003e8.7.2 Reworked Parts \u003cbr\u003e9 Auxiliary Equipment: Design, Function, Operation, and Safety\u003cbr\u003e9.1 Bulk Material Handling Systems\u003cbr\u003e9.2 Dryer\u003cbr\u003e9.2.1 Hot Air Dryers\u003cbr\u003e9.2.2 Dryer Operation\u003cbr\u003e9.2.3 Dryer Safety\u003cbr\u003e9.3 Blenders and Metering Equipment (Feeders)\u003cbr\u003e9.3.1 A Volumetric Blender\u003cbr\u003e9.3.2 Gravimetric Systems\u003cbr\u003e9.3.3 Metering and Blending Equipment\u003cbr\u003e9.3.4 Machine Operation\u003cbr\u003e9.4 Machine Safety\u003cbr\u003e9.5 Hopper Loader\u003cbr\u003e9.5.1 Loader Operation\u003cbr\u003e9.6 Water Temperature Controllers\u003cbr\u003e9.6.1 Operation\u003cbr\u003e9.7 In-line Inspection and Testing Equipment\u003cbr\u003e9.7.1 Laser Measurement\u003cbr\u003e9.7.2 Ultrasonic Testing\u003cbr\u003e9.7.3 Vision Systems\u003cbr\u003e9.7.4 Mechanical\u003cbr\u003e9.8 Conveyors\u003cbr\u003e9.9 Granulators\u003cbr\u003e9.10 Safety \u003cbr\u003e10 Finishing\u003cbr\u003e10.1 Planning for the Finishing of a Blow Moulded Part\u003cbr\u003e10.1.1 Product Design\u003cbr\u003e10.1.2 Mould Engineering\u003cbr\u003e10.1.3 Process Planning\u003cbr\u003e10.2 Removing Domes and Other Sections\u003cbr\u003e10.3 Flash Removal\u003cbr\u003e10.3.1 The Cutting Machine – Round Parts versus Parts with Corners \u003cbr\u003e11 Decoration of Blow Moulded Products\u003cbr\u003e11.1 Testing Surface Treated Parts\u003cbr\u003e11.2 Spray Painting\u003cbr\u003e11.3 Screen Printing\u003cbr\u003e11.4 Hot Stamping\u003cbr\u003e11.5 Pad Printing\u003cbr\u003e11.6 Labels and Decals \u003cbr\u003e12 Glossary\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nNorman Lee has held various positions in the plastics industry in product and process design and development, in a career of over forty years culminating as Vice President of Research and Development with Zarn, Inc., USA. He has been active in the SPE in the Plastic Environmental (Recycling), Blow Molding and Product Development Divisions. He has written several technical reference books and been granted 20 patents in the field of blow moulding. Mr. Lee is now directing his own consulting services, offering seminars and in-plant training programs for the blow moulding industry and conducting expert witness work."}
Description Author: D.J. Knight and M.B. Thomas ISBN 978-1-85957-372-3 Published: 2003pages 474 Summary There are many different chemicals and materials in use today. These are subject to stringent regulations, which include a requirement for physicochemical and toxicity testing. In some countries, existing chemicals are also undergoing safety checks. The aim is to determine their hazardous properties...
$180.00
in stock
{"id":11242214724,"title":"Practical Guide to Chemical Safety Testing","handle":"978-1-85957-372-3","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: D.J. Knight and M.B. Thomas \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-372-3 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2003\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003epages 474\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThere are many different chemicals and materials in use today. These are subject to stringent regulations, which include a requirement for physicochemical and toxicity testing. In some countries, existing chemicals are also undergoing safety checks. The aim is to determine their hazardous properties and the risks involved in using substances. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHealth and safety of the environment and the individual are becoming of prime importance to society and extensive legislation has been developed. To the R\u0026amp;D chemist, this is a maze to negotiate when trying to introduce a new material or chemical into a different marketplace. What tests are required and for which markets? What do the test results mean? Who are the key organisations in each global region? Legislation varies between applications and often the quantity of chemical in use is critical to determining the level of testing required. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA Practical Guide to Chemical Safety Testing describes the different tests that must be performed on new chemicals and other materials to demonstrate to the regulatory authorities that they are safe for use. Tests vary from physico-chemical, measuring properties such as melting point and density, through genetic toxicity studies, to mammalian toxicology and studies to investigate effects on the environment. Animal testing is carried out to look for potential irritants, harmful substances, corrosive agents, allergens, cancer causing potential, etc. Each test type is described here and the validity of the test methods is debated. For example, there are sometimes major differences between simple model systems using cell lines or bacteria, effects in laboratory animals and, most importantly, with effects on humans. This can give rise to a misleading interpretation of results. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThere is a chapter devoted to alternatives to animal testing for safety evaluation. Many non-animal screening tests are available. It is also becoming increasingly possible to cross-match many new chemicals with existing toxicity data to predict potential carcinogenicity, allergenicity, etc. These approaches can reduce the test requirements for the chemical, although a structural alert showing the presence of a suspect chemical moiety can trigger definitive toxicological assessment. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEcotoxicological testing is carried out to determine the level of hazard to organisms in the environment. Important properties used to estimate environmental fate include the solubility of the test material in water, its ability to adsorb to soil and its potential for accumulation in animals. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRegulations vary depending on the intended purpose of a material, and this book describes the requirements for general chemicals, polymers, food contact materials, medical devices, and biocides. Often the quantity imported into a region determines the stringency of the testing required. The EU, the USA, Japan and other geographical regions each have its own set of regulations. These are outlined here. In some instances, approval of a chemical in one country will lead to automatic approval in a second country. In other cases, new testing is required. This is a very complex situation. The second half of this book sets out to untangle the web of legal issues facing manufacturers and suppliers. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book is essential reading for chemical and material manufacturers and suppliers. It describes clearly the process of obtaining approval for use in a variety of global regions and across different applications. It also explains why different tests are performed and the implications of the results.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Purpose of the Book\u003cbr\u003e1.2 Purpose of Safety Evaluation\u003cbr\u003e1.3 Safety Studies\u003cbr\u003e1.4 Risk Assessment and Safety Data\u003cbr\u003e1.5 Regulatory Schemes\u003cbr\u003e1.6 Summary \u003cbr\u003e2 Mammalian Toxicology\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Acute Toxicity Studies\u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Nature and Relevance of Tests\u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Methodology\u003cbr\u003e2.2.3 Acute Oral Toxicity Studies\u003cbr\u003e2.2.4 Dermal Toxicity Studies\u003cbr\u003e2.2.5 Inhalation Toxicity Studies\u003cbr\u003e2.2.6 Alternative Acute Oral Toxicity Methods\u003cbr\u003e2.2.7 Local Tolerance Tests\u003cbr\u003e2.2.8 Contact Sensitisation\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Repeated Dose Toxicity Studies\u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Nature and Relevance of Tests\u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Importance of Repeated Dose Toxicity\u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Methodology\u003cbr\u003e2.4 Reproduction Toxicology\u003cbr\u003e2.4.1 Nature and Relevance of Tests\u003cbr\u003e2.4.2 Methodology\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3 Alternative Approaches\u003cbr\u003e2.5 Carcinogenicity\u003cbr\u003e2.5.1 Nature and Relevance of Tests\u003cbr\u003e2.5.2 Methodology\u003cbr\u003e2.5.3 Dose Levels\u003cbr\u003e2.5.4 Conduct of Study\u003cbr\u003e2.5.5 Data Evaluation\u003cbr\u003e2.5.6 Risk Assessment\u003cbr\u003e2.5.7 Alternative Approaches\u003cbr\u003e2.6 Medical Device Testing\u003cbr\u003e2.6.1 Exposure Routes\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2 Dose Preparation\u003cbr\u003e2.6.3 Cytotoxicity Testing of Medical Devices \u003cbr\u003e3 Genetic Toxicology\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Mechanisms of Mutation – Genes and Chromosomes\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Standard Genetic Toxicology Assays\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Bacterial Mutagenicity Assays\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Chromosome Aberration Tests In Vitro\u003cbr\u003e3.6 Mammalian Cell Gene Mutation Assays In Vitro\u003cbr\u003e3.7 The In Vivo Micronucleus Test\u003cbr\u003e3.8 The Unscheduled DNA Synthesis Assay\u003cbr\u003e3.9 Conclusions \u003cbr\u003e4 Ecotoxicology\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Bacterial Toxicity Testing\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Biodegradation Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.3.1 Ready Biodegradation Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.3.2 Inherent Biodegradation Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.3.3 Simulation Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.3.4 Anaerobic Biodegradation Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Aquatic Toxicity Testing\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1 Acute Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2 Analytical Measurements\u003cbr\u003e4.4.3 Difficult Substances\u003cbr\u003e4.4.4 Chronic Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Fish Bioaccumulation Test\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Sediment Toxicity Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.7 Terrestrial Toxicity Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.7.1 Earthworms\u003cbr\u003e4.7.2 Bees and Beneficial\u003cbr\u003e4.7.3 Plant Growth Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.8 Microcosm and Mesocosm Studies\u003cbr\u003e4.9 Conclusion \u003cbr\u003e5 Physico-Chemical Properties\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Performance of the General Physico-Chemical Tests\u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Melting Temperature\/Melting Range (OECD Test Guideline 102)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 Boiling Point (OECD Test Guideline 103)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.3 Vapour Pressure (OECD Test Guideline 104)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.4 Water Solubility (OECD Test Guideline 105)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.5 Partition Coefficient (OECD Test Guidelines and 117)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6 Adsorption Coefficient (OECD Test Guidelines 106 and 121)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7 Density\/Relative Density (OECD Test Guideline 109)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.8 Particle Size Distribution (OECD Test Guideline 110)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.9 Hydrolysis as a Function of pH (OECD Test Guideline 111)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.10 Dissociation Constant (OECD Test Guideline 112)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.11 Surface Tension (OECD Test Guideline 115)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.12 Fat Solubility (OECD Test Guideline 116)\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Performance of the Polymer Specific Physico-Chemical Tests\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 Number-Average Molecular Weight and Molecular Weight Distribution of Polymers (OECD Test Guideline 118)\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 Solution\/Extraction Behaviour of Polymers in Water (OECD Test Guideline 120)\u003cbr\u003e5.4 Performance of the Hazardous Physico-Chemical Tests\u003cbr\u003e5.4.1 Flash Point (EC Method A9)\u003cbr\u003e5.4.2 Flammable Solids (EC Method A10)\u003cbr\u003e5.4.3 Flammable Gases (EC Method A11), Flammable Substances on Contact with Water (EC Method A12) and Substances Liable to Spontaneous Combustion (EC Method A13)\u003cbr\u003e5.4.4 Explosive Properties (EC Method A14)\u003cbr\u003e5.4.5 Auto-ignition Temperature, Liquids and Gases (EC Method A15) and Relative Self–ignition Temperature, Solids (EC Method A16)\u003cbr\u003e5.4.6 Oxidising Properties (EC Method A17)\u003cbr\u003e5.5 Order in which Physico-Chemical Tests are Performed\u003cbr\u003e5.6 Conclusion \u003cbr\u003e6 Alternatives to Animal Testing for Safety Evaluation\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Validation of Alternative Methods\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Aspects of Human Toxicity Targeted By In Vitro Assays\u003cbr\u003e6.3.1 Systemic Toxicological Properties\u003cbr\u003e6.3.2 Validated Tests Currently in Use in the EU\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Structure-Activity Relationships and Prediction of Properties\u003cbr\u003e6.5 Strategies to Minimise Use of Animals\u003cbr\u003e6.6 Future Developments and Conclusions \u003cbr\u003e7 Toxicological Assessment within a Risk Assessment Framework\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Definitions and Concepts\u003cbr\u003e7.2.1 Risk\u003cbr\u003e7.2.2 Toxicology\u003cbr\u003e7.3 Exposure Scenarios\u003cbr\u003e7.3.1 Routes of Administration\u003cbr\u003e7.3.2 Exposure Prediction\u003cbr\u003e7.4 Judgements\u003cbr\u003e7.4.1 The ‘Precautionary Principle’\u003cbr\u003e7.4.2 What Test and When?\u003cbr\u003e7.4.3 The Interpretation of Toxicity Test Results for Classification and Labelling Purposes\u003cbr\u003e7.4.4 Risk Assessment and Risk Evaluation – Interpretation of General Toxicity\u003cbr\u003e7.4.5 Mutagenicity, Carcinogenicity and Reproductive Toxicity\u003cbr\u003e7.5 Risk Management\u003cbr\u003e7.6 Final Word \u003cbr\u003e8 Environmental Risk Assessment\u003cbr\u003e8.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e8.2 Exposure Assessment\u003cbr\u003e8.2.1 Identification of the Target Compartments\u003cbr\u003e8.2.2 Estimation of Emissions or Releases\u003cbr\u003e8.2.3 Distribution and Degradation in the Environment (Environmental Fate)\u003cbr\u003e8.2.4 Predicted Environmental Concentrations\u003cbr\u003e8.3 Effects Assessment\u003cbr\u003e8.3.1 Estimating PNECs by Applying Uncertainty Factors\u003cbr\u003e8.3.2 The Statistical Extrapolation Method\u003cbr\u003e8.4 Risk Characterisation\u003cbr\u003e8.5 Conclusion \u003cbr\u003ePART 2: REGULATORY FRAMEWORK \u003cbr\u003e9 EU Chemical Legislation\u003cbr\u003e9.1 EU Legislation within the European Economic Area and Europe\u003cbr\u003e9.2 Notification of New Substances\u003cbr\u003e9.2.1 History of the Notification Process\u003cbr\u003e9.2.2 Data Sharing\u003cbr\u003e9.2.3 Base Set Studies for Full Notification\u003cbr\u003e9.2.4 Reduced Notification Studies\u003cbr\u003e9.2.5 Level 1 and Level 2 Notification Studies\u003cbr\u003e9.2.6 The Notification Summary Form\u003cbr\u003e9.2.7 The Sole-Representative Facility\u003cbr\u003e9.2.8 Polymers\u003cbr\u003e9.2.9 Derogations\/Exemptions from Notification\u003cbr\u003e9.2.10 Confidentiality\u003cbr\u003e9.3 Risk Assessment\u003cbr\u003e9.3.1 Human Health Risk Assessment\u003cbr\u003e9.3.2 Environment Risk Assessment\u003cbr\u003e9.4 Existing Chemicals Regulation\u003cbr\u003e9.4.1 Data Collection\u003cbr\u003e9.4.2 Priority Setting\u003cbr\u003e9.4.3 Risk Assessment\u003cbr\u003e9.5 Chemical Hazard Communication\u003cbr\u003e9.5.1 Classification and Labelling of Dangerous Substances\u003cbr\u003e9.5.2 Classification and Labelling of Dangerous Preparations\u003cbr\u003e9.5.3 Safety Data Sheets\u003cbr\u003e9.6 Transport Regulations\u003cbr\u003e9.6.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e9.6.2 The United Nations Transportation Classification Scheme\u003cbr\u003e9.6.3 Transport of Marine Pollutants\u003cbr\u003e9.7 National Chemical Control Measures\u003cbr\u003e9.7.1 National Product Registers\u003cbr\u003e9.7.2 German Water Hazard Classification Scheme\u003cbr\u003e9.8 Other EU Legislation for Specific Product Types\u003cbr\u003e9.8.1 Control of Cosmetics in the EU\u003cbr\u003e9.8.2 Detergents\u003cbr\u003e9.8.3Offshore Chemical Notification Scheme: Oslo and Paris Convention for the Protection of the North East Atlantic\u003cbr\u003e9.9 Summary and Future Developments \u003cbr\u003e10 Chemical Control in Japan\u003cbr\u003e10.1 Introduction to the Japanese Regulatory Culture\u003cbr\u003e10.2 The Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry and Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare Chemical Substances Control Law\u003cbr\u003e10.2.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e10.2.2 The Inventory of Existing Substances\u003cbr\u003e10.2.3 Exemptions from Notification\u003cbr\u003e10.2.4 Standard Notification\u003cbr\u003e10.2.5 Polymer Notification\u003cbr\u003e10.2.6 Class I and II Specified and Designated Substances\u003cbr\u003e10.3 The Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare Industrial Safety and Health Law\u003cbr\u003e10.4 Hazard Communication and Product Liability\u003cbr\u003e10.5 Other Chemical Legislation\u003cbr\u003e10.6 Summary \u003cbr\u003e11 Chemical Control in the US and the Rest of the World\u003cbr\u003e11.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e11.2 US Chemical Legislation: The Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA)\u003cbr\u003e11.2.1 Key Objectives of TSCA\u003cbr\u003e11.2.2 The TSCA Inventory\u003cbr\u003e11.2.3 Testing of Existing Substances\u003cbr\u003e11.2.4 Manufacturing and Processing Notices\u003cbr\u003e11.2.5 PMN Requirements\u003cbr\u003e11.2.6 Significant New Use Rules (SNURs)\u003cbr\u003e11.2.7 Exemptions from PMN\u003cbr\u003e11.3 US Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA)\u003cbr\u003e11.4 The US Chemical Right-to-Know Initiative for High Production Volume Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e11.4.1 Voluntary Challenge Programme\u003cbr\u003e11.4.2 Persistent Bioaccumulative Toxic (PBT) Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e11.4.3 US Voluntary Children’s Chemical Evaluation Program\u003cbr\u003e11.5 Chemical Control Legislation in Canada\u003cbr\u003e11.5.1 The Canadian Environmental Protection Act\u003cbr\u003e11.5.2 Inventories\u003cbr\u003e11.5.3 Environmental Assessment Regulations\u003cbr\u003e11.5.4 Data Requirements for Notification\u003cbr\u003e11.5.5 Significant New Activity Notice\u003cbr\u003e11.5.6 Administration\u003cbr\u003e11.5.7 Inspection, Enforcement and Penalties\u003cbr\u003e11.5.8 Future Changes\u003cbr\u003e11.5.9 The Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System\u003cbr\u003e11.6 Chemical Control Legislation in Switzerland\u003cbr\u003e11.6.1 The Federal Law on Trade in Toxic Substances\u003cbr\u003e11.6.2 The Federal Law on Environmental Protection\u003cbr\u003e11.7 Notification of New Chemical Substances in Australia\u003cbr\u003e11.7.1 National Industrial Chemicals (Notification and Assessment) Scheme\u003cbr\u003e11.7.2 Inventory\u003cbr\u003e11.7.3 Data Requirements for Notification\u003cbr\u003e11.7.4 Existing Substances\u003cbr\u003e11.7.5 Hazard Communication\u003cbr\u003e11.8 Chemical Control in Korea\u003cbr\u003e11.8.1 The Toxic Chemicals Control Law and Ministry of Environment Notification\u003cbr\u003e11.8.2 The Industrial Safety and Health Law and Ministry of Labour Toxicity Examination\u003cbr\u003e11.8.3 Hazard Communication\u003cbr\u003e11.9 Chemical Control in the Philippines\u003cbr\u003e11.9.1 The Toxic Substances and Hazardous and Nuclear Wastes Control Act\u003cbr\u003e11.9.2 Inventory\u003cbr\u003e11.9.3 Data Requirements for Notification\u003cbr\u003e11.9.4 Administration\u003cbr\u003e11.9.5 Priority Chemicals List (PCL)\u003cbr\u003e11.10 Chemical Control in The People’s Republic of China\u003cbr\u003e11.10.1 Latest Developments\u003cbr\u003e11.10.2 First Import and Toxic Chemicals Regulations\u003cbr\u003e11.10.3 Inventory\u003cbr\u003e11.10.4 Hazard Communication\u003cbr\u003e11.11 Chemical Control in New Zealand\u003cbr\u003e11.11.1 Toxic Substances Act\u003cbr\u003e11.11.2 Resource Management Act\u003cbr\u003e11.11.3 Hazardous Substances and New Organisms Act\u003cbr\u003e11.11.4 Data Requirements for Notification\u003cbr\u003e11.11.5 Hazard Communication\u003cbr\u003e11.12 Mexico\u003cbr\u003e11.12.1 Legislation\u003cbr\u003e11.12.2 Safety Data Sheets\u003cbr\u003e11.13 Singapore\u003cbr\u003e11.14 Malaysia\u003cbr\u003e11.15 Thailand\u003cbr\u003e11.16 Indonesia\u003cbr\u003e11.17 Taiwan\u003cbr\u003e11.18 HPV Programmes\u003cbr\u003e11.18.1 OECD\u003cbr\u003e11.18.2 International Council of Chemical Associations Global Initiative\u003cbr\u003e11.19 Useful Web Sites \u003cbr\u003e12 Notification of Polymers Worldwide\u003cbr\u003e12.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e12.2 North America\u003cbr\u003e12.2.1 USA\u003cbr\u003e12.2.2 Canada\u003cbr\u003e12.3 Asia Pacific\u003cbr\u003e12.3.1 Japan\u003cbr\u003e12.3.2 Australia\u003cbr\u003e12.3.3 New Zealand\u003cbr\u003e12.3.4 Korea\u003cbr\u003e12.3.5 Philippines\u003cbr\u003e12.3.6 China\u003cbr\u003e12.4 Europe\u003cbr\u003e12.4.1 EU\u003cbr\u003e12.4.2 Switzerland\u003cbr\u003e12.5 Overall Comparison of the Nine Polymer Notification Schemes \u003cbr\u003e13 Medical Device Regulation\u003cbr\u003e13.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e13.2 European Economic Area\u003cbr\u003e13.2.1 Background\u003cbr\u003e13.2.2 Before Marketing\u003cbr\u003e13.2.3 After Marketing\u003cbr\u003e13.3 United States of America\u003cbr\u003e13.3.1 Background\u003cbr\u003e13.3.2 Before Marketing\u003cbr\u003e13.3.3 After Marketing\u003cbr\u003e13.4 Japan\u003cbr\u003e13.4.1 Background\u003cbr\u003e13.4.2 Before Marketing\u003cbr\u003e13.4.3 After Marketing\u003cbr\u003e13.5 Conclusion \u003cbr\u003e14 Regulation of Food Packaging in the EU and US\u003cbr\u003e14.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e14.2 Control of Food Packaging in the EU\u003cbr\u003e14.2.1 EU Framework Directive\u003cbr\u003e14.2.2 Food Contact Plastics in the EU\u003cbr\u003e14.2.3 Future Developments for Food Plastics in the EU\u003cbr\u003e14.2.4 Other EU Food Packaging Measures\u003cbr\u003e14.2.5 Strategy for Food Contact Plastic Approval in the EU\u003cbr\u003e14.3 National Controls on Food Packaging in EU Countries\u003cbr\u003e14.3.1 Germany\u003cbr\u003e14.3.2 France\u003cbr\u003e14.3.3 The Netherlands\u003cbr\u003e14.3.4 Belgium\u003cbr\u003e14.3.5 Italy\u003cbr\u003e14.4 Council of Europe Work on Food Packaging\u003cbr\u003e14.4.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e14.4.2 Completed Council of Europe Resolutions\u003cbr\u003e14.4.3 Council of Europe Ongoing Work\u003cbr\u003e14.5 Food Packaging in the USA\u003cbr\u003e14.5.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e14.5.2 History and Development of US Food Packaging Legislation\u003cbr\u003e14.5.3 The FDA Petition\u003cbr\u003e14.5.4 Threshold of Regulation Process\u003cbr\u003e14.5.5 The Pre-Marketing Notification Scheme \u003cbr\u003e15 Regulation of Biocides\u003cbr\u003e15.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e15.2 Control of Biocides in the EU\u003cbr\u003e15.2.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e15.2.2 Main Features of the Directive\u003cbr\u003e15.2.3 System of Approval\u003cbr\u003e15.2.4 Assessment for the Inclusion of Active Substances in Annex I of the Biocidal Products Directive\u003cbr\u003e15.2.5 Authorisation of Biocidal Products\u003cbr\u003e15.2.6 Hazard Communication\u003cbr\u003e15.2.7 The Review Programme for Existing Active Substances\u003cbr\u003e15.2.8 Technical Guidance\u003cbr\u003e15.3 Control of Biocides in the USA\u003cbr\u003e15.3.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e15.3.2 Data Requirements for Registration\u003cbr\u003e15.3.3 Registration Applications\u003cbr\u003e15.3.4 Data Compensation\u003cbr\u003e15.3.5 Re-Registration of Existing Pesticides\u003cbr\u003e15.3.6 Petition for a Pesticide Tolerance\u003cbr\u003e15.3.7 Regulation of Food Contact Biocides\u003cbr\u003e15.4 Regulation of Biocides in Other Countries\u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations and Acronyms\u003cbr\u003eIndex\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. Derek Knight is the Director of Regulatory Affairs at Safepharm Laboratories Ltd. He is an expert in regulatory requirements, providing advice on testing and document submission to regulatory authorities. He has a doctorate in chemistry from Oxford University and is a Fellow of the Royal Society of Chemistry and the British Institute of Regulatory Affairs. He has published extensively on regulatory issues, alternatives to animal testing, food contact materials, and biocides. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMike Thomas is the Marketing Director for Safepharm Laboratories. He graduated in zoology and chemistry from London University and went on to a career in toxicity testing, including working on a wide range of toxicity studies. Prior to joining Safepharm, he was Director of Biological Services at International Consulting and Laboratory Services Ltd., of London.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:23-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:23-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2003","acute","air monitoring","book","classification","dose","environment","food","hazard","health","inhalation","labelling","legislation","marine","medical","methodology","oral","p-testing","packaging","pesticide","plastics","pollutants","polymer","rubber","safety","substances control","toxic","toxicity","transport","TSCA","UN"],"price":18000,"price_min":18000,"price_max":18000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378354116,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Practical Guide to Chemical Safety Testing","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":18000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-372-3","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-372-3.jpg?v=1499726043"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-372-3.jpg?v=1499726043","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358716768349,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-372-3.jpg?v=1499726043"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-372-3.jpg?v=1499726043","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: D.J. Knight and M.B. Thomas \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-372-3 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2003\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003epages 474\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThere are many different chemicals and materials in use today. These are subject to stringent regulations, which include a requirement for physicochemical and toxicity testing. In some countries, existing chemicals are also undergoing safety checks. The aim is to determine their hazardous properties and the risks involved in using substances. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHealth and safety of the environment and the individual are becoming of prime importance to society and extensive legislation has been developed. To the R\u0026amp;D chemist, this is a maze to negotiate when trying to introduce a new material or chemical into a different marketplace. What tests are required and for which markets? What do the test results mean? Who are the key organisations in each global region? Legislation varies between applications and often the quantity of chemical in use is critical to determining the level of testing required. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA Practical Guide to Chemical Safety Testing describes the different tests that must be performed on new chemicals and other materials to demonstrate to the regulatory authorities that they are safe for use. Tests vary from physico-chemical, measuring properties such as melting point and density, through genetic toxicity studies, to mammalian toxicology and studies to investigate effects on the environment. Animal testing is carried out to look for potential irritants, harmful substances, corrosive agents, allergens, cancer causing potential, etc. Each test type is described here and the validity of the test methods is debated. For example, there are sometimes major differences between simple model systems using cell lines or bacteria, effects in laboratory animals and, most importantly, with effects on humans. This can give rise to a misleading interpretation of results. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThere is a chapter devoted to alternatives to animal testing for safety evaluation. Many non-animal screening tests are available. It is also becoming increasingly possible to cross-match many new chemicals with existing toxicity data to predict potential carcinogenicity, allergenicity, etc. These approaches can reduce the test requirements for the chemical, although a structural alert showing the presence of a suspect chemical moiety can trigger definitive toxicological assessment. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEcotoxicological testing is carried out to determine the level of hazard to organisms in the environment. Important properties used to estimate environmental fate include the solubility of the test material in water, its ability to adsorb to soil and its potential for accumulation in animals. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRegulations vary depending on the intended purpose of a material, and this book describes the requirements for general chemicals, polymers, food contact materials, medical devices, and biocides. Often the quantity imported into a region determines the stringency of the testing required. The EU, the USA, Japan and other geographical regions each have its own set of regulations. These are outlined here. In some instances, approval of a chemical in one country will lead to automatic approval in a second country. In other cases, new testing is required. This is a very complex situation. The second half of this book sets out to untangle the web of legal issues facing manufacturers and suppliers. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book is essential reading for chemical and material manufacturers and suppliers. It describes clearly the process of obtaining approval for use in a variety of global regions and across different applications. It also explains why different tests are performed and the implications of the results.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Purpose of the Book\u003cbr\u003e1.2 Purpose of Safety Evaluation\u003cbr\u003e1.3 Safety Studies\u003cbr\u003e1.4 Risk Assessment and Safety Data\u003cbr\u003e1.5 Regulatory Schemes\u003cbr\u003e1.6 Summary \u003cbr\u003e2 Mammalian Toxicology\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Acute Toxicity Studies\u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Nature and Relevance of Tests\u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Methodology\u003cbr\u003e2.2.3 Acute Oral Toxicity Studies\u003cbr\u003e2.2.4 Dermal Toxicity Studies\u003cbr\u003e2.2.5 Inhalation Toxicity Studies\u003cbr\u003e2.2.6 Alternative Acute Oral Toxicity Methods\u003cbr\u003e2.2.7 Local Tolerance Tests\u003cbr\u003e2.2.8 Contact Sensitisation\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Repeated Dose Toxicity Studies\u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Nature and Relevance of Tests\u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Importance of Repeated Dose Toxicity\u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Methodology\u003cbr\u003e2.4 Reproduction Toxicology\u003cbr\u003e2.4.1 Nature and Relevance of Tests\u003cbr\u003e2.4.2 Methodology\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3 Alternative Approaches\u003cbr\u003e2.5 Carcinogenicity\u003cbr\u003e2.5.1 Nature and Relevance of Tests\u003cbr\u003e2.5.2 Methodology\u003cbr\u003e2.5.3 Dose Levels\u003cbr\u003e2.5.4 Conduct of Study\u003cbr\u003e2.5.5 Data Evaluation\u003cbr\u003e2.5.6 Risk Assessment\u003cbr\u003e2.5.7 Alternative Approaches\u003cbr\u003e2.6 Medical Device Testing\u003cbr\u003e2.6.1 Exposure Routes\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2 Dose Preparation\u003cbr\u003e2.6.3 Cytotoxicity Testing of Medical Devices \u003cbr\u003e3 Genetic Toxicology\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Mechanisms of Mutation – Genes and Chromosomes\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Standard Genetic Toxicology Assays\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Bacterial Mutagenicity Assays\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Chromosome Aberration Tests In Vitro\u003cbr\u003e3.6 Mammalian Cell Gene Mutation Assays In Vitro\u003cbr\u003e3.7 The In Vivo Micronucleus Test\u003cbr\u003e3.8 The Unscheduled DNA Synthesis Assay\u003cbr\u003e3.9 Conclusions \u003cbr\u003e4 Ecotoxicology\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Bacterial Toxicity Testing\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Biodegradation Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.3.1 Ready Biodegradation Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.3.2 Inherent Biodegradation Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.3.3 Simulation Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.3.4 Anaerobic Biodegradation Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Aquatic Toxicity Testing\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1 Acute Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2 Analytical Measurements\u003cbr\u003e4.4.3 Difficult Substances\u003cbr\u003e4.4.4 Chronic Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Fish Bioaccumulation Test\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Sediment Toxicity Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.7 Terrestrial Toxicity Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.7.1 Earthworms\u003cbr\u003e4.7.2 Bees and Beneficial\u003cbr\u003e4.7.3 Plant Growth Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.8 Microcosm and Mesocosm Studies\u003cbr\u003e4.9 Conclusion \u003cbr\u003e5 Physico-Chemical Properties\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Performance of the General Physico-Chemical Tests\u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Melting Temperature\/Melting Range (OECD Test Guideline 102)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 Boiling Point (OECD Test Guideline 103)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.3 Vapour Pressure (OECD Test Guideline 104)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.4 Water Solubility (OECD Test Guideline 105)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.5 Partition Coefficient (OECD Test Guidelines and 117)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6 Adsorption Coefficient (OECD Test Guidelines 106 and 121)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7 Density\/Relative Density (OECD Test Guideline 109)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.8 Particle Size Distribution (OECD Test Guideline 110)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.9 Hydrolysis as a Function of pH (OECD Test Guideline 111)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.10 Dissociation Constant (OECD Test Guideline 112)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.11 Surface Tension (OECD Test Guideline 115)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.12 Fat Solubility (OECD Test Guideline 116)\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Performance of the Polymer Specific Physico-Chemical Tests\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 Number-Average Molecular Weight and Molecular Weight Distribution of Polymers (OECD Test Guideline 118)\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 Solution\/Extraction Behaviour of Polymers in Water (OECD Test Guideline 120)\u003cbr\u003e5.4 Performance of the Hazardous Physico-Chemical Tests\u003cbr\u003e5.4.1 Flash Point (EC Method A9)\u003cbr\u003e5.4.2 Flammable Solids (EC Method A10)\u003cbr\u003e5.4.3 Flammable Gases (EC Method A11), Flammable Substances on Contact with Water (EC Method A12) and Substances Liable to Spontaneous Combustion (EC Method A13)\u003cbr\u003e5.4.4 Explosive Properties (EC Method A14)\u003cbr\u003e5.4.5 Auto-ignition Temperature, Liquids and Gases (EC Method A15) and Relative Self–ignition Temperature, Solids (EC Method A16)\u003cbr\u003e5.4.6 Oxidising Properties (EC Method A17)\u003cbr\u003e5.5 Order in which Physico-Chemical Tests are Performed\u003cbr\u003e5.6 Conclusion \u003cbr\u003e6 Alternatives to Animal Testing for Safety Evaluation\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Validation of Alternative Methods\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Aspects of Human Toxicity Targeted By In Vitro Assays\u003cbr\u003e6.3.1 Systemic Toxicological Properties\u003cbr\u003e6.3.2 Validated Tests Currently in Use in the EU\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Structure-Activity Relationships and Prediction of Properties\u003cbr\u003e6.5 Strategies to Minimise Use of Animals\u003cbr\u003e6.6 Future Developments and Conclusions \u003cbr\u003e7 Toxicological Assessment within a Risk Assessment Framework\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Definitions and Concepts\u003cbr\u003e7.2.1 Risk\u003cbr\u003e7.2.2 Toxicology\u003cbr\u003e7.3 Exposure Scenarios\u003cbr\u003e7.3.1 Routes of Administration\u003cbr\u003e7.3.2 Exposure Prediction\u003cbr\u003e7.4 Judgements\u003cbr\u003e7.4.1 The ‘Precautionary Principle’\u003cbr\u003e7.4.2 What Test and When?\u003cbr\u003e7.4.3 The Interpretation of Toxicity Test Results for Classification and Labelling Purposes\u003cbr\u003e7.4.4 Risk Assessment and Risk Evaluation – Interpretation of General Toxicity\u003cbr\u003e7.4.5 Mutagenicity, Carcinogenicity and Reproductive Toxicity\u003cbr\u003e7.5 Risk Management\u003cbr\u003e7.6 Final Word \u003cbr\u003e8 Environmental Risk Assessment\u003cbr\u003e8.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e8.2 Exposure Assessment\u003cbr\u003e8.2.1 Identification of the Target Compartments\u003cbr\u003e8.2.2 Estimation of Emissions or Releases\u003cbr\u003e8.2.3 Distribution and Degradation in the Environment (Environmental Fate)\u003cbr\u003e8.2.4 Predicted Environmental Concentrations\u003cbr\u003e8.3 Effects Assessment\u003cbr\u003e8.3.1 Estimating PNECs by Applying Uncertainty Factors\u003cbr\u003e8.3.2 The Statistical Extrapolation Method\u003cbr\u003e8.4 Risk Characterisation\u003cbr\u003e8.5 Conclusion \u003cbr\u003ePART 2: REGULATORY FRAMEWORK \u003cbr\u003e9 EU Chemical Legislation\u003cbr\u003e9.1 EU Legislation within the European Economic Area and Europe\u003cbr\u003e9.2 Notification of New Substances\u003cbr\u003e9.2.1 History of the Notification Process\u003cbr\u003e9.2.2 Data Sharing\u003cbr\u003e9.2.3 Base Set Studies for Full Notification\u003cbr\u003e9.2.4 Reduced Notification Studies\u003cbr\u003e9.2.5 Level 1 and Level 2 Notification Studies\u003cbr\u003e9.2.6 The Notification Summary Form\u003cbr\u003e9.2.7 The Sole-Representative Facility\u003cbr\u003e9.2.8 Polymers\u003cbr\u003e9.2.9 Derogations\/Exemptions from Notification\u003cbr\u003e9.2.10 Confidentiality\u003cbr\u003e9.3 Risk Assessment\u003cbr\u003e9.3.1 Human Health Risk Assessment\u003cbr\u003e9.3.2 Environment Risk Assessment\u003cbr\u003e9.4 Existing Chemicals Regulation\u003cbr\u003e9.4.1 Data Collection\u003cbr\u003e9.4.2 Priority Setting\u003cbr\u003e9.4.3 Risk Assessment\u003cbr\u003e9.5 Chemical Hazard Communication\u003cbr\u003e9.5.1 Classification and Labelling of Dangerous Substances\u003cbr\u003e9.5.2 Classification and Labelling of Dangerous Preparations\u003cbr\u003e9.5.3 Safety Data Sheets\u003cbr\u003e9.6 Transport Regulations\u003cbr\u003e9.6.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e9.6.2 The United Nations Transportation Classification Scheme\u003cbr\u003e9.6.3 Transport of Marine Pollutants\u003cbr\u003e9.7 National Chemical Control Measures\u003cbr\u003e9.7.1 National Product Registers\u003cbr\u003e9.7.2 German Water Hazard Classification Scheme\u003cbr\u003e9.8 Other EU Legislation for Specific Product Types\u003cbr\u003e9.8.1 Control of Cosmetics in the EU\u003cbr\u003e9.8.2 Detergents\u003cbr\u003e9.8.3Offshore Chemical Notification Scheme: Oslo and Paris Convention for the Protection of the North East Atlantic\u003cbr\u003e9.9 Summary and Future Developments \u003cbr\u003e10 Chemical Control in Japan\u003cbr\u003e10.1 Introduction to the Japanese Regulatory Culture\u003cbr\u003e10.2 The Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry and Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare Chemical Substances Control Law\u003cbr\u003e10.2.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e10.2.2 The Inventory of Existing Substances\u003cbr\u003e10.2.3 Exemptions from Notification\u003cbr\u003e10.2.4 Standard Notification\u003cbr\u003e10.2.5 Polymer Notification\u003cbr\u003e10.2.6 Class I and II Specified and Designated Substances\u003cbr\u003e10.3 The Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare Industrial Safety and Health Law\u003cbr\u003e10.4 Hazard Communication and Product Liability\u003cbr\u003e10.5 Other Chemical Legislation\u003cbr\u003e10.6 Summary \u003cbr\u003e11 Chemical Control in the US and the Rest of the World\u003cbr\u003e11.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e11.2 US Chemical Legislation: The Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA)\u003cbr\u003e11.2.1 Key Objectives of TSCA\u003cbr\u003e11.2.2 The TSCA Inventory\u003cbr\u003e11.2.3 Testing of Existing Substances\u003cbr\u003e11.2.4 Manufacturing and Processing Notices\u003cbr\u003e11.2.5 PMN Requirements\u003cbr\u003e11.2.6 Significant New Use Rules (SNURs)\u003cbr\u003e11.2.7 Exemptions from PMN\u003cbr\u003e11.3 US Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA)\u003cbr\u003e11.4 The US Chemical Right-to-Know Initiative for High Production Volume Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e11.4.1 Voluntary Challenge Programme\u003cbr\u003e11.4.2 Persistent Bioaccumulative Toxic (PBT) Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e11.4.3 US Voluntary Children’s Chemical Evaluation Program\u003cbr\u003e11.5 Chemical Control Legislation in Canada\u003cbr\u003e11.5.1 The Canadian Environmental Protection Act\u003cbr\u003e11.5.2 Inventories\u003cbr\u003e11.5.3 Environmental Assessment Regulations\u003cbr\u003e11.5.4 Data Requirements for Notification\u003cbr\u003e11.5.5 Significant New Activity Notice\u003cbr\u003e11.5.6 Administration\u003cbr\u003e11.5.7 Inspection, Enforcement and Penalties\u003cbr\u003e11.5.8 Future Changes\u003cbr\u003e11.5.9 The Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System\u003cbr\u003e11.6 Chemical Control Legislation in Switzerland\u003cbr\u003e11.6.1 The Federal Law on Trade in Toxic Substances\u003cbr\u003e11.6.2 The Federal Law on Environmental Protection\u003cbr\u003e11.7 Notification of New Chemical Substances in Australia\u003cbr\u003e11.7.1 National Industrial Chemicals (Notification and Assessment) Scheme\u003cbr\u003e11.7.2 Inventory\u003cbr\u003e11.7.3 Data Requirements for Notification\u003cbr\u003e11.7.4 Existing Substances\u003cbr\u003e11.7.5 Hazard Communication\u003cbr\u003e11.8 Chemical Control in Korea\u003cbr\u003e11.8.1 The Toxic Chemicals Control Law and Ministry of Environment Notification\u003cbr\u003e11.8.2 The Industrial Safety and Health Law and Ministry of Labour Toxicity Examination\u003cbr\u003e11.8.3 Hazard Communication\u003cbr\u003e11.9 Chemical Control in the Philippines\u003cbr\u003e11.9.1 The Toxic Substances and Hazardous and Nuclear Wastes Control Act\u003cbr\u003e11.9.2 Inventory\u003cbr\u003e11.9.3 Data Requirements for Notification\u003cbr\u003e11.9.4 Administration\u003cbr\u003e11.9.5 Priority Chemicals List (PCL)\u003cbr\u003e11.10 Chemical Control in The People’s Republic of China\u003cbr\u003e11.10.1 Latest Developments\u003cbr\u003e11.10.2 First Import and Toxic Chemicals Regulations\u003cbr\u003e11.10.3 Inventory\u003cbr\u003e11.10.4 Hazard Communication\u003cbr\u003e11.11 Chemical Control in New Zealand\u003cbr\u003e11.11.1 Toxic Substances Act\u003cbr\u003e11.11.2 Resource Management Act\u003cbr\u003e11.11.3 Hazardous Substances and New Organisms Act\u003cbr\u003e11.11.4 Data Requirements for Notification\u003cbr\u003e11.11.5 Hazard Communication\u003cbr\u003e11.12 Mexico\u003cbr\u003e11.12.1 Legislation\u003cbr\u003e11.12.2 Safety Data Sheets\u003cbr\u003e11.13 Singapore\u003cbr\u003e11.14 Malaysia\u003cbr\u003e11.15 Thailand\u003cbr\u003e11.16 Indonesia\u003cbr\u003e11.17 Taiwan\u003cbr\u003e11.18 HPV Programmes\u003cbr\u003e11.18.1 OECD\u003cbr\u003e11.18.2 International Council of Chemical Associations Global Initiative\u003cbr\u003e11.19 Useful Web Sites \u003cbr\u003e12 Notification of Polymers Worldwide\u003cbr\u003e12.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e12.2 North America\u003cbr\u003e12.2.1 USA\u003cbr\u003e12.2.2 Canada\u003cbr\u003e12.3 Asia Pacific\u003cbr\u003e12.3.1 Japan\u003cbr\u003e12.3.2 Australia\u003cbr\u003e12.3.3 New Zealand\u003cbr\u003e12.3.4 Korea\u003cbr\u003e12.3.5 Philippines\u003cbr\u003e12.3.6 China\u003cbr\u003e12.4 Europe\u003cbr\u003e12.4.1 EU\u003cbr\u003e12.4.2 Switzerland\u003cbr\u003e12.5 Overall Comparison of the Nine Polymer Notification Schemes \u003cbr\u003e13 Medical Device Regulation\u003cbr\u003e13.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e13.2 European Economic Area\u003cbr\u003e13.2.1 Background\u003cbr\u003e13.2.2 Before Marketing\u003cbr\u003e13.2.3 After Marketing\u003cbr\u003e13.3 United States of America\u003cbr\u003e13.3.1 Background\u003cbr\u003e13.3.2 Before Marketing\u003cbr\u003e13.3.3 After Marketing\u003cbr\u003e13.4 Japan\u003cbr\u003e13.4.1 Background\u003cbr\u003e13.4.2 Before Marketing\u003cbr\u003e13.4.3 After Marketing\u003cbr\u003e13.5 Conclusion \u003cbr\u003e14 Regulation of Food Packaging in the EU and US\u003cbr\u003e14.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e14.2 Control of Food Packaging in the EU\u003cbr\u003e14.2.1 EU Framework Directive\u003cbr\u003e14.2.2 Food Contact Plastics in the EU\u003cbr\u003e14.2.3 Future Developments for Food Plastics in the EU\u003cbr\u003e14.2.4 Other EU Food Packaging Measures\u003cbr\u003e14.2.5 Strategy for Food Contact Plastic Approval in the EU\u003cbr\u003e14.3 National Controls on Food Packaging in EU Countries\u003cbr\u003e14.3.1 Germany\u003cbr\u003e14.3.2 France\u003cbr\u003e14.3.3 The Netherlands\u003cbr\u003e14.3.4 Belgium\u003cbr\u003e14.3.5 Italy\u003cbr\u003e14.4 Council of Europe Work on Food Packaging\u003cbr\u003e14.4.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e14.4.2 Completed Council of Europe Resolutions\u003cbr\u003e14.4.3 Council of Europe Ongoing Work\u003cbr\u003e14.5 Food Packaging in the USA\u003cbr\u003e14.5.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e14.5.2 History and Development of US Food Packaging Legislation\u003cbr\u003e14.5.3 The FDA Petition\u003cbr\u003e14.5.4 Threshold of Regulation Process\u003cbr\u003e14.5.5 The Pre-Marketing Notification Scheme \u003cbr\u003e15 Regulation of Biocides\u003cbr\u003e15.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e15.2 Control of Biocides in the EU\u003cbr\u003e15.2.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e15.2.2 Main Features of the Directive\u003cbr\u003e15.2.3 System of Approval\u003cbr\u003e15.2.4 Assessment for the Inclusion of Active Substances in Annex I of the Biocidal Products Directive\u003cbr\u003e15.2.5 Authorisation of Biocidal Products\u003cbr\u003e15.2.6 Hazard Communication\u003cbr\u003e15.2.7 The Review Programme for Existing Active Substances\u003cbr\u003e15.2.8 Technical Guidance\u003cbr\u003e15.3 Control of Biocides in the USA\u003cbr\u003e15.3.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e15.3.2 Data Requirements for Registration\u003cbr\u003e15.3.3 Registration Applications\u003cbr\u003e15.3.4 Data Compensation\u003cbr\u003e15.3.5 Re-Registration of Existing Pesticides\u003cbr\u003e15.3.6 Petition for a Pesticide Tolerance\u003cbr\u003e15.3.7 Regulation of Food Contact Biocides\u003cbr\u003e15.4 Regulation of Biocides in Other Countries\u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations and Acronyms\u003cbr\u003eIndex\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. Derek Knight is the Director of Regulatory Affairs at Safepharm Laboratories Ltd. He is an expert in regulatory requirements, providing advice on testing and document submission to regulatory authorities. He has a doctorate in chemistry from Oxford University and is a Fellow of the Royal Society of Chemistry and the British Institute of Regulatory Affairs. He has published extensively on regulatory issues, alternatives to animal testing, food contact materials, and biocides. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMike Thomas is the Marketing Director for Safepharm Laboratories. He graduated in zoology and chemistry from London University and went on to a career in toxicity testing, including working on a wide range of toxicity studies. Prior to joining Safepharm, he was Director of Biological Services at International Consulting and Laboratory Services Ltd., of London.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e"}
Description Author: S. Patrick ISBN 978-1-85957-511-6 Published: 2005Pages 162 Summary Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) has been around since the late part of the 19th century, although it was not produced commercially until the 1920s; it is the second largest consumed plastic material after polyethylene. PVC products can be rigid or flexible, opaque or transparent, coloured, and insulating...
$90.00
in stock
{"id":11242228932,"title":"Practical Guide to Polyvinyl Chloride","handle":"978-1-85957-511-6","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: S. Patrick \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-511-6 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2005\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003ePages 162\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPolyvinyl chloride (PVC) has been around since the late part of the 19th century, although it was not produced commercially until the 1920s; it is the second largest consumed plastic material after polyethylene. PVC products can be rigid or flexible, opaque or transparent, coloured, and insulating or conducting. There is not just one PVC but a whole family of products tailor-made to suit the needs of each application. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRapra's Practical Guide to PVC is packed with information for everyone working with PVC. It provides a comprehensive background on the resins and additives, their properties and processing characteristics, as well as discussion of product design and development issues. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePVC is extremely cost effective in comparison to other plastics with a high degree of versatility in end-use and processing possibilities, as the reader will note from this book. It is durable, easily maintained, and can be produced in a large range of colours. As a result, PVC finds use in an extensive range of applications in virtually all areas of human activity, including medical equipment, construction applications such as flexible roof membranes, pipes and window profiles, toys, automotive parts and electrical cabling. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PVC industry has also started to tackle some of its end-of-life issues. \u003cbr\u003eThere have been, and still are, issues and perceptions over environmental and health acceptance covering vinyl chloride monomer, dioxins, phthalate plasticisers, and lead (and cadmium) based heat stabilisers and these are discussed in depth in this book. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book will be of interest to raw materials suppliers and processors or end-users of PVC, as well as anyone with a general interest in this versatile material: resins and additives properties and testing design issues processing, including post processing and assembly property enhancement sustainable development.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 INTRODUCTION\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Background\u003cbr\u003e1.2 History\u003cbr\u003e1.3 Major Advantages and Limitations\u003cbr\u003e1.3.1 Major Advantages\u003cbr\u003e1.3.2 Limitations\u003cbr\u003e1.4 Applications\u003cbr\u003e1.5 Competitive Materials\u003cbr\u003e1.6 Market Share and Consumption Trend\u003cbr\u003e1.7 Industry Outline and Major Suppliers\u003cbr\u003e1.8 Material Pricing\u003cbr\u003e1.9 Safety, Health, and Environmental Issues\u003cbr\u003e1.9.1 Phthalate Plasticisers\u003cbr\u003e1.9.2 Heat Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e1.9.3 Bisphenol A\/Alkylphenols\u003cbr\u003e1.9.4 Epoxidised Soya Bean Oil (ESBO)\u003cbr\u003e1.9.5 Green Product Procurement Policies\/Eco-labelling\u003cbr\u003e1.9.6 End-of-life Issues\u003cbr\u003e1.9.7 Fire Performance \u003cbr\u003e2 PVC RESINS\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Raw Starting Materials\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Vinyl Chloride Manufacture\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Polymerisation\u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Homopolymers\u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Copolymers and Terpolymers\u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Chlorinated PVC (C-PVC)\u003cbr\u003e2.4 PVC Resin Characterisation\u003cbr\u003e2.4.1 Molecular Weight\u003cbr\u003e2.4.2 Particle Size\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3 Bulk Powder Properties\u003cbr\u003e2.4.4 Porosity\u003cbr\u003e2.5 Storage and Transportation\u003cbr\u003e2.6 Role of Additives\u003cbr\u003e2.7 Identification \u003cbr\u003e3 PVC ADDITIVES\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Heat Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e3.1.1 Solid Form\u003cbr\u003e3.1.2 Liquid Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Plasticisers\u003cbr\u003e3.2.1 PVC\/Plasticiser Compatibility\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Plasticisation Process\u003cbr\u003e3.2.3 Plasticiser Influence on Physical Properties\u003cbr\u003e3.2.4 Plasticiser Choice and Selection\u003cbr\u003e3.2.5 Plasticiser Types\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Impact Modifiers\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Process Aids\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Lubricants\u003cbr\u003e3.6 Fillers\u003cbr\u003e3.6.1 Calcium Carbonate\u003cbr\u003e3.6.2 Other Fillers\u003cbr\u003e3.7 Flame Retardants (FR) and Smoke Suppressants (SS)\u003cbr\u003e3.8 Pigments\u003cbr\u003e3.8.1 Titanium Dioxide (TiO2)\u003cbr\u003e3.8.2 Other Inorganic Pigments\u003cbr\u003e3.8.3 Organic Pigments\u003cbr\u003e3.8.4 Pigment Concentrates and Masterbatches\u003cbr\u003e3.9 Microbiocides\u003cbr\u003e3.10 Blowing Agents\u003cbr\u003e3.11 Antioxidants and Light Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e3.12 Other PVC-P Additives\u003cbr\u003e3.12.1 Antistatic Agents\u003cbr\u003e3.12.2 Viscosity and Rheology Modifiers\u003cbr\u003e3.12.3 Bonding Agents\/Adhesion Promoters \u003cbr\u003e4 TESTING AND PROPERTIES\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Density\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Water Absorption\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Mechanical Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.3.1 Hardness\u003cbr\u003e4.3.2 Tensile Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.3.3 Flexural Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.3.4 Impact Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.3.5 Fatigue\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Thermal Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1 Thermal Conductivity\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2 Heat Deflection Temperature\u003cbr\u003e4.4.3 Vicat Softening Point\u003cbr\u003e4.4.4 Linear Expansion Coefficient\u003cbr\u003e4.4.5 Specific Heat Capacity\u003cbr\u003e4.4.6 Cold Flex Temperature\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Electrical Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.5.1 Volume Resistivity\u003cbr\u003e4.5.2 Dielectric Constant or Relative Permittivity\u003cbr\u003e4.5.3 Loss Modulus or Dissipation Factor\u003cbr\u003e4.5.4 Breakdown Voltage or Dielectric Strength\u003cbr\u003e4.5.5 Arc Resistance\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Fire Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.6.1 Self-ignition Temperature\u003cbr\u003e4.6.2 Flame Ignition Temperature\u003cbr\u003e4.6.3 Limiting Oxygen Index (LOI)\u003cbr\u003e4.6.4 NBS Cone Calorimeter\u003cbr\u003e4.6.5 Smoke Evolution\u003cbr\u003e4.6.6 Fire Performance of PVC\u003cbr\u003e4.6.7 Fire Testing in the EU\u003cbr\u003e4.7 Optical Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.7.1 Transparency\u003cbr\u003e4.7.2 Gloss Level\u003cbr\u003e4.7.3 Colour\u003cbr\u003e4.8 Surface Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.8.1 Abrasion Resistance\u003cbr\u003e4.8.2 Surface Resistivity\u003cbr\u003e4.9 Biological Behaviour\u003cbr\u003e4.9.1 Assessment under Food and Water Legislation\u003cbr\u003e4.9.2 Assessment under Medical Legislation\u003cbr\u003e4.9.3 Sterilisation\u003cbr\u003e4.10 Resistance to Micro-organisms\u003cbr\u003e4.11 Performance in Service\u003cbr\u003e4.11.1 Maximum Continuous Use Temperature\u003cbr\u003e4.11.2 Stability to Light, UV Radiation, and Weathering\u003cbr\u003e4.11.4 Permeability \u003cbr\u003e5 DESIGN\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Design Considerations for PVC-U Materials\u003cbr\u003e5.1.1 Pipe\u003cbr\u003e5.1.2 Exterior Construction Applications\u003cbr\u003e5.1.3 Interior Construction Applications\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Design Considerations for PVC-P Materials\u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Electrical Cable\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 Resilient Flooring\u003cbr\u003e5.2.3 Wall Covering\u003cbr\u003e5.2.4 Roofing Membranes\u003cbr\u003e5.2.5 Coated Metal\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6 Toys and Baby Care Items\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7 Safety and Personal Protection\u003cbr\u003e5.2.8 Automotive and Transport\u003cbr\u003e5.2.9 Advertising Banners \u003cbr\u003e6 PROCESSING OF PVC\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Dry Blend Mixing\u003cbr\u003e6.1.1 High Intensity\u003cbr\u003e6.1.2 Low Intensity\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Liquid PVC Blending\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Gelation\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Melt Processing\u003cbr\u003e6.4.1 Melt Compounding\u003cbr\u003e6.4.2 Extrusion\u003cbr\u003e6.5 Injection Moulding\u003cbr\u003e6.6 Extrusion Blow Moulding\u003cbr\u003e6.7 Calendering\u003cbr\u003e6.8 Plastisol Moulding Processes\u003cbr\u003e6.8.1 Rheology\u003cbr\u003e6.8.2 Spreading or Coating\u003cbr\u003e6.8.3 Rotational, Slush, and Dip Moulding\u003cbr\u003e6.9 Powder Moulding Processes\u003cbr\u003e6.9.1 Fluidised Bed \u003cbr\u003e7 PROPERTY ENHANCEMENT OF PVC\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Crosslinked PVC\u003cbr\u003e7.1.1 Chemical Crosslinking\u003cbr\u003e7.1.2 Irradiation Crosslinking\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Orientation\u003cbr\u003e7.2.1 Pipe\u003cbr\u003e7.2.2 Sheet\u003cbr\u003e7.3 Blends and Alloys\u003cbr\u003e7.3.1 Flexibilisers\/Internal Plasticisers\u003cbr\u003e7.3.2 Ultrahigh Molecular Weight (UHMW) PVC\u003cbr\u003e7.4 Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e7.4.1 Melt Intercalation\u003cbr\u003e7.4.2 Solvent Method\u003cbr\u003e7.4.3 In Situ Polymerisation\u003cbr\u003e7.5 Wood Composites \u003cbr\u003e8 POST-PROCESSING AND ASSEMBLY\u003cbr\u003e8.1 Post-processing\u003cbr\u003e8.1.1 Thermoforming\u003cbr\u003e8.1.2 Printing and Coating\u003cbr\u003e8.2 Assembly Techniques\u003cbr\u003e8.2.1 Welding\u003cbr\u003e8.2.2 Adhesion\u003cbr\u003e8.3 Mechanical Assembly\u003cbr\u003e8.3.1 Machining, Cutting, and Fastening \u003cbr\u003e9 SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT\u003cbr\u003e9.1 Environmental Attack and Response\u003cbr\u003e9.2 Vinyl 2010\/Chlorine Industry Sustainability Commitments\u003cbr\u003e9.2.1 Chlorine Generation\u003cbr\u003e9.2.2 PVC Production Industry Charters\u003cbr\u003e9.2.3 Conversion with Additives\u003cbr\u003e9.3 End of Life and Waste Management\u003cbr\u003e9.3.1 PVC-rich Waste: Mechanical Recycling\u003cbr\u003e9.3.2 PVC Feedstock Recycling\u003cbr\u003e9.3.3 Incineration\/Energy Recovery\u003cbr\u003e9.3.4 Controlled Landfill\u003cbr\u003e9.4 Life Cycle Assessments\u003cbr\u003e9.4.1 Eco-profiles\u003cbr\u003e9.5 Social Factors \u003cbr\u003e10 CAUSES OF FAILURE\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nStuart Patrick has worked extensively in the PVC and additives business and been involved in both market and technical developments in this competitive field. Before retirement, he was Global R\u0026amp;D Manager with Akzo Nobel \/ Akcros Chemicals. He is now utilising his experience as a part-time lecturer at IPTME, Loughborough University and as a coordinator for a Research Network established to improve the sustainable use of PVC. Stuart is a Fellow Institute of Materials, Minerals, and Mining, Chartered Scientist, Chartered Chemist, Member of the Royal Society of Chemistry.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:09-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:09-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2005","A\/Alkylphenols","additives","afety","bisphenol","blow molding","blow moulding","book","calendering","environmental","epoxidised","ESBO","extrusion","fillers","health","injection molding","injection moulding","molecular weight","p-chemistry","particle","phthalate","pipe","plasticisers","plasticizers","plastics","polymer","polyvinyl chloride","porosity","powder","pvc","resines","rheology","sheet","soya bean oil","storage","transportation"],"price":9000,"price_min":9000,"price_max":9000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378397700,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Practical Guide to Polyvinyl Chloride","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":9000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":0,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-511-6","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-511-6.jpg?v=1499953592"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-511-6.jpg?v=1499953592","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358719488093,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-511-6.jpg?v=1499953592"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-511-6.jpg?v=1499953592","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: S. Patrick \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-511-6 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2005\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003ePages 162\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPolyvinyl chloride (PVC) has been around since the late part of the 19th century, although it was not produced commercially until the 1920s; it is the second largest consumed plastic material after polyethylene. PVC products can be rigid or flexible, opaque or transparent, coloured, and insulating or conducting. There is not just one PVC but a whole family of products tailor-made to suit the needs of each application. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRapra's Practical Guide to PVC is packed with information for everyone working with PVC. It provides a comprehensive background on the resins and additives, their properties and processing characteristics, as well as discussion of product design and development issues. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePVC is extremely cost effective in comparison to other plastics with a high degree of versatility in end-use and processing possibilities, as the reader will note from this book. It is durable, easily maintained, and can be produced in a large range of colours. As a result, PVC finds use in an extensive range of applications in virtually all areas of human activity, including medical equipment, construction applications such as flexible roof membranes, pipes and window profiles, toys, automotive parts and electrical cabling. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PVC industry has also started to tackle some of its end-of-life issues. \u003cbr\u003eThere have been, and still are, issues and perceptions over environmental and health acceptance covering vinyl chloride monomer, dioxins, phthalate plasticisers, and lead (and cadmium) based heat stabilisers and these are discussed in depth in this book. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book will be of interest to raw materials suppliers and processors or end-users of PVC, as well as anyone with a general interest in this versatile material: resins and additives properties and testing design issues processing, including post processing and assembly property enhancement sustainable development.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 INTRODUCTION\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Background\u003cbr\u003e1.2 History\u003cbr\u003e1.3 Major Advantages and Limitations\u003cbr\u003e1.3.1 Major Advantages\u003cbr\u003e1.3.2 Limitations\u003cbr\u003e1.4 Applications\u003cbr\u003e1.5 Competitive Materials\u003cbr\u003e1.6 Market Share and Consumption Trend\u003cbr\u003e1.7 Industry Outline and Major Suppliers\u003cbr\u003e1.8 Material Pricing\u003cbr\u003e1.9 Safety, Health, and Environmental Issues\u003cbr\u003e1.9.1 Phthalate Plasticisers\u003cbr\u003e1.9.2 Heat Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e1.9.3 Bisphenol A\/Alkylphenols\u003cbr\u003e1.9.4 Epoxidised Soya Bean Oil (ESBO)\u003cbr\u003e1.9.5 Green Product Procurement Policies\/Eco-labelling\u003cbr\u003e1.9.6 End-of-life Issues\u003cbr\u003e1.9.7 Fire Performance \u003cbr\u003e2 PVC RESINS\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Raw Starting Materials\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Vinyl Chloride Manufacture\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Polymerisation\u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Homopolymers\u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Copolymers and Terpolymers\u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Chlorinated PVC (C-PVC)\u003cbr\u003e2.4 PVC Resin Characterisation\u003cbr\u003e2.4.1 Molecular Weight\u003cbr\u003e2.4.2 Particle Size\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3 Bulk Powder Properties\u003cbr\u003e2.4.4 Porosity\u003cbr\u003e2.5 Storage and Transportation\u003cbr\u003e2.6 Role of Additives\u003cbr\u003e2.7 Identification \u003cbr\u003e3 PVC ADDITIVES\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Heat Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e3.1.1 Solid Form\u003cbr\u003e3.1.2 Liquid Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Plasticisers\u003cbr\u003e3.2.1 PVC\/Plasticiser Compatibility\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Plasticisation Process\u003cbr\u003e3.2.3 Plasticiser Influence on Physical Properties\u003cbr\u003e3.2.4 Plasticiser Choice and Selection\u003cbr\u003e3.2.5 Plasticiser Types\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Impact Modifiers\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Process Aids\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Lubricants\u003cbr\u003e3.6 Fillers\u003cbr\u003e3.6.1 Calcium Carbonate\u003cbr\u003e3.6.2 Other Fillers\u003cbr\u003e3.7 Flame Retardants (FR) and Smoke Suppressants (SS)\u003cbr\u003e3.8 Pigments\u003cbr\u003e3.8.1 Titanium Dioxide (TiO2)\u003cbr\u003e3.8.2 Other Inorganic Pigments\u003cbr\u003e3.8.3 Organic Pigments\u003cbr\u003e3.8.4 Pigment Concentrates and Masterbatches\u003cbr\u003e3.9 Microbiocides\u003cbr\u003e3.10 Blowing Agents\u003cbr\u003e3.11 Antioxidants and Light Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e3.12 Other PVC-P Additives\u003cbr\u003e3.12.1 Antistatic Agents\u003cbr\u003e3.12.2 Viscosity and Rheology Modifiers\u003cbr\u003e3.12.3 Bonding Agents\/Adhesion Promoters \u003cbr\u003e4 TESTING AND PROPERTIES\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Density\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Water Absorption\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Mechanical Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.3.1 Hardness\u003cbr\u003e4.3.2 Tensile Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.3.3 Flexural Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.3.4 Impact Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.3.5 Fatigue\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Thermal Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1 Thermal Conductivity\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2 Heat Deflection Temperature\u003cbr\u003e4.4.3 Vicat Softening Point\u003cbr\u003e4.4.4 Linear Expansion Coefficient\u003cbr\u003e4.4.5 Specific Heat Capacity\u003cbr\u003e4.4.6 Cold Flex Temperature\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Electrical Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.5.1 Volume Resistivity\u003cbr\u003e4.5.2 Dielectric Constant or Relative Permittivity\u003cbr\u003e4.5.3 Loss Modulus or Dissipation Factor\u003cbr\u003e4.5.4 Breakdown Voltage or Dielectric Strength\u003cbr\u003e4.5.5 Arc Resistance\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Fire Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.6.1 Self-ignition Temperature\u003cbr\u003e4.6.2 Flame Ignition Temperature\u003cbr\u003e4.6.3 Limiting Oxygen Index (LOI)\u003cbr\u003e4.6.4 NBS Cone Calorimeter\u003cbr\u003e4.6.5 Smoke Evolution\u003cbr\u003e4.6.6 Fire Performance of PVC\u003cbr\u003e4.6.7 Fire Testing in the EU\u003cbr\u003e4.7 Optical Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.7.1 Transparency\u003cbr\u003e4.7.2 Gloss Level\u003cbr\u003e4.7.3 Colour\u003cbr\u003e4.8 Surface Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.8.1 Abrasion Resistance\u003cbr\u003e4.8.2 Surface Resistivity\u003cbr\u003e4.9 Biological Behaviour\u003cbr\u003e4.9.1 Assessment under Food and Water Legislation\u003cbr\u003e4.9.2 Assessment under Medical Legislation\u003cbr\u003e4.9.3 Sterilisation\u003cbr\u003e4.10 Resistance to Micro-organisms\u003cbr\u003e4.11 Performance in Service\u003cbr\u003e4.11.1 Maximum Continuous Use Temperature\u003cbr\u003e4.11.2 Stability to Light, UV Radiation, and Weathering\u003cbr\u003e4.11.4 Permeability \u003cbr\u003e5 DESIGN\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Design Considerations for PVC-U Materials\u003cbr\u003e5.1.1 Pipe\u003cbr\u003e5.1.2 Exterior Construction Applications\u003cbr\u003e5.1.3 Interior Construction Applications\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Design Considerations for PVC-P Materials\u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Electrical Cable\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 Resilient Flooring\u003cbr\u003e5.2.3 Wall Covering\u003cbr\u003e5.2.4 Roofing Membranes\u003cbr\u003e5.2.5 Coated Metal\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6 Toys and Baby Care Items\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7 Safety and Personal Protection\u003cbr\u003e5.2.8 Automotive and Transport\u003cbr\u003e5.2.9 Advertising Banners \u003cbr\u003e6 PROCESSING OF PVC\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Dry Blend Mixing\u003cbr\u003e6.1.1 High Intensity\u003cbr\u003e6.1.2 Low Intensity\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Liquid PVC Blending\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Gelation\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Melt Processing\u003cbr\u003e6.4.1 Melt Compounding\u003cbr\u003e6.4.2 Extrusion\u003cbr\u003e6.5 Injection Moulding\u003cbr\u003e6.6 Extrusion Blow Moulding\u003cbr\u003e6.7 Calendering\u003cbr\u003e6.8 Plastisol Moulding Processes\u003cbr\u003e6.8.1 Rheology\u003cbr\u003e6.8.2 Spreading or Coating\u003cbr\u003e6.8.3 Rotational, Slush, and Dip Moulding\u003cbr\u003e6.9 Powder Moulding Processes\u003cbr\u003e6.9.1 Fluidised Bed \u003cbr\u003e7 PROPERTY ENHANCEMENT OF PVC\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Crosslinked PVC\u003cbr\u003e7.1.1 Chemical Crosslinking\u003cbr\u003e7.1.2 Irradiation Crosslinking\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Orientation\u003cbr\u003e7.2.1 Pipe\u003cbr\u003e7.2.2 Sheet\u003cbr\u003e7.3 Blends and Alloys\u003cbr\u003e7.3.1 Flexibilisers\/Internal Plasticisers\u003cbr\u003e7.3.2 Ultrahigh Molecular Weight (UHMW) PVC\u003cbr\u003e7.4 Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e7.4.1 Melt Intercalation\u003cbr\u003e7.4.2 Solvent Method\u003cbr\u003e7.4.3 In Situ Polymerisation\u003cbr\u003e7.5 Wood Composites \u003cbr\u003e8 POST-PROCESSING AND ASSEMBLY\u003cbr\u003e8.1 Post-processing\u003cbr\u003e8.1.1 Thermoforming\u003cbr\u003e8.1.2 Printing and Coating\u003cbr\u003e8.2 Assembly Techniques\u003cbr\u003e8.2.1 Welding\u003cbr\u003e8.2.2 Adhesion\u003cbr\u003e8.3 Mechanical Assembly\u003cbr\u003e8.3.1 Machining, Cutting, and Fastening \u003cbr\u003e9 SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT\u003cbr\u003e9.1 Environmental Attack and Response\u003cbr\u003e9.2 Vinyl 2010\/Chlorine Industry Sustainability Commitments\u003cbr\u003e9.2.1 Chlorine Generation\u003cbr\u003e9.2.2 PVC Production Industry Charters\u003cbr\u003e9.2.3 Conversion with Additives\u003cbr\u003e9.3 End of Life and Waste Management\u003cbr\u003e9.3.1 PVC-rich Waste: Mechanical Recycling\u003cbr\u003e9.3.2 PVC Feedstock Recycling\u003cbr\u003e9.3.3 Incineration\/Energy Recovery\u003cbr\u003e9.3.4 Controlled Landfill\u003cbr\u003e9.4 Life Cycle Assessments\u003cbr\u003e9.4.1 Eco-profiles\u003cbr\u003e9.5 Social Factors \u003cbr\u003e10 CAUSES OF FAILURE\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nStuart Patrick has worked extensively in the PVC and additives business and been involved in both market and technical developments in this competitive field. Before retirement, he was Global R\u0026amp;D Manager with Akzo Nobel \/ Akcros Chemicals. He is now utilising his experience as a part-time lecturer at IPTME, Loughborough University and as a coordinator for a Research Network established to improve the sustainable use of PVC. Stuart is a Fellow Institute of Materials, Minerals, and Mining, Chartered Scientist, Chartered Chemist, Member of the Royal Society of Chemistry."}
Description Author: R.J. Crawford and M.P. Kearns ISBN 978-1-85957-387-7 Published: 2003pages 184 Summary Rotational molding is a low pressure, a high temperature manufacturing method for producing hollow one-piece plastic parts. The molding process dates back hundreds of years to the Swiss use of the method to make hollow chocolate eggs. The technology involves aspects ranging from...
$90.00
in stock
{"id":11242209156,"title":"Practical Guide to Rotational Molding","handle":"978-1-85957-387-7","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: R.J. Crawford and M.P. Kearns \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-387-7 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2003\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003epages 184\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nRotational molding is a low pressure, a high temperature manufacturing method for producing hollow one-piece plastic parts. The molding process dates back hundreds of years to the Swiss use of the method to make hollow chocolate eggs. The technology involves aspects ranging from mould design to mould heating and cooling, and remolding methods. Not all materials are suitable for the process - resin and additive selection are critical. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRotational moulding is a very competitive alternative to blow molding, thermoforming and injection molding for the manufacture of hollow plastic parts. It offers designers the chance to produce stress-free articles, with uniform wall thickness and complex shapes. Typical molded parts include bulk containers, tanks, canoes, toys, medical equipment, automotive parts, and ducts. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThere are many advantages associated with rotational molding. Firstly, the moulds are relatively simple and cheap, because the process is low pressure, unlike injection molding. The wall thickness of parts is more uniform and it is possible to alter the wall thickness without changing the mould. Complex parts with undercuts ad intricate contours can be manufactured relatively easily. There is also very little waste as the required weight of plastic to produce the part is placed inside the mould. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book – A Practical Guide to Rotational Molding – describes the basic aspects of rotational molding and includes information on the latest state of the art developments in the industry. A key feature of the approach is to use photographs wherever possible to illustrate the points that are being made. This book will be useful to those new to the industry, as well as those who are experienced in some aspects of the process. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe ever-changing nature of this industry means that it is very important for those involved in the manufacturing operation to keep abreast of the advances that are being made. The industry is becoming more competitive and customers are making increasing demands in terms of part quality and performance. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRotational molding is becoming a highly sophisticated manufacturing method for plastic parts. New mould and machine features, and advanced process control technologies, are being developed. This gives designers, and end users, access to new opportunities to create novel and innovative plastic moldings. New technologies such as mould internal air temperature measurement, mould pressurization, and one shot foaming are now available.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPreface \u003cbr\u003eChapter 1 – Introduction to the Rotational Molding Process\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e1.2 The Rotational Molding Process\u003cbr\u003e1.3 Overview of Rotational Molding\u003cbr\u003e1.4 Special Nature of Rotational Molding\u003cbr\u003e1.5 Advantages of Rotational Molding\u003cbr\u003e1.6 Disadvantages of Rotational Molding\u003cbr\u003e1.7 Common Applications for Rotomoulded Products\u003cbr\u003e1.7.1 Material Handling Products\u003cbr\u003e1.7.2 Industrial Products\u003cbr\u003e1.7.3 Environmental Products\u003cbr\u003e1.7.4 Leisure Products\u003cbr\u003e1.7.5 Marine Products\u003cbr\u003e1.7.6 Road Signage\u003cbr\u003eBibliography \u003cbr\u003eChapter 2 – Moulds\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Mould Materials\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Sheet Steel\u003cbr\u003e2.4 Aluminium\u003cbr\u003e2.5 Electroformed Nickel\u003cbr\u003e2.6 Comparison Between Mould Materials\u003cbr\u003e2.7 Mould Design\u003cbr\u003e2.7.1 Mould Frame\u003cbr\u003e2.7.2 Molded-in Inserts\u003cbr\u003e2.7.3 Molded-in Handles\u003cbr\u003e2.7.4 Temporary Inserts\u003cbr\u003e2.7.5 Movable Cores\u003cbr\u003e2.7.6 Threads\u003cbr\u003e2.7.7 Mould Venting\u003cbr\u003e2.7.8 Mould Surface Finish\u003cbr\u003e2.8 Mould Release\u003cbr\u003e2.8.1 Mould Preparation for Release Agent\u003cbr\u003e2.8.2 Reactive Systems\u003cbr\u003e2.8.2.1 Spray-on Zinc Stearates\u003cbr\u003e2.8.2.2 Silicones\u003cbr\u003e2.8.2.3 Disiloxanes\u003cbr\u003e2.8.3 Conventional Systems\u003cbr\u003e2.8.4 Permanent Systems\u003cbr\u003e2.8.5 Hybrid Systems\u003cbr\u003e2.9 Mould Cooling\u003cbr\u003e2.10 Mould Ancillaries\u003cbr\u003e2.11 Molding Aids\u003cbr\u003e2.12 Kiss-Offs\u003cbr\u003e2.13 Calculation of Charge Weight \u003cbr\u003eChapter 3 - Rotational Molding Machinery\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Types of Rotational Molding Machines\u003cbr\u003e3.2.1 Carousel Machines\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Shuttle Machines\u003cbr\u003e3.2.3 Clamshell Machines\u003cbr\u003e3.2.4 Rock and Roll Machines\u003cbr\u003e3.2.5 Other Types of Machines\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Mould Swing\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Mould Speed\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Speed Ratio\u003cbr\u003e3.6 Oven Air Flow Amplification\u003cbr\u003e3.7 Cooling\u003cbr\u003e3.8 Developments in Machine Control\u003cbr\u003e3.9 Internal Air Temperature Measurement in Rotational Molding\u003cbr\u003e3.10 Preparation of Rotolog for Molding Trials\u003cbr\u003e3.11 Monitoring Pressure Inside a Mould\u003cbr\u003eBibliography \u003cbr\u003eChapter 4 – Materials for Rotational Molding\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Typical Characteristics of Rotationally Molded Plastics\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Materials Used in Rotational Molding\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1 Low Density Polyethylene (LDPE)\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE)\u003cbr\u003e4.4.3 Medium Density Polyethylene (MDPE)\u003cbr\u003e4.4.4 Linear Low Density Polyethylene (LLDPE)\u003cbr\u003e4.4.5 Metallocene Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e4.4.6 Ethylene-Vinyl Acetate (EVA)\u003cbr\u003e4.4.7 Ethylene-Butyl Acrylate (EBA)\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Polypropylene (PP)\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Polyamides (Nylons)\u003cbr\u003e4.6.1 Nylon 6\u003cbr\u003e4.6.2 Nylon 11 and Nylon 12\u003cbr\u003e4.6.3 Reaction Injection Molding (RIM) Nylon\u003cbr\u003e4.7 Amorphous Materials\u003cbr\u003e4.7.1 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)\u003cbr\u003e4.7.2 Fluoropolymers\u003cbr\u003e4.8 Other Plastics\u003cbr\u003e4.9 Additives Used in Rotational Molding Materials\u003cbr\u003e4.9.1 Fillers\u003cbr\u003e4.9.2 Plasticizers\u003cbr\u003e4.9.3 Lubricants\u003cbr\u003e4.9.4 Stabilizers\u003cbr\u003e4.9.5 Anti-Oxidants\u003cbr\u003e4.9.6 Ultraviolet Stabilizers\u003cbr\u003e4.9.7 Flame Retardants\u003cbr\u003e4.9.8 Crosslinking Agents\u003cbr\u003e4.9.9 Foaming Agents\u003cbr\u003e4.9.10 Pigments\u003cbr\u003e4.10 Powders for Rotational Molding - Grinding or Pulverizing\u003cbr\u003e4.10.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e4.11 Particle Size Distribution\u003cbr\u003e4.12 Dry Flow\u003cbr\u003e4.13 Bulk Density\u003cbr\u003e4.14 Factors Affecting Powder Quality\u003cbr\u003e4.14.1 Gap Size\u003cbr\u003e4.14.2 Number of Mill Teeth\u003cbr\u003e4.14.3 Grinding Temperature\u003cbr\u003e4.15 Micropelletising\u003cbr\u003e4.16 Coloring of Plastics for Rotational Molding\u003cbr\u003e4.17 Types of Pigments\u003cbr\u003eBibliography \u003cbr\u003eChapter 5 – Quality Control in Rotational Molding\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Wall Thickness Distribution\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Shrinkage\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 Shrinkage Guidelines\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 Control of Shrinkage\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.1 Effect of Release Point on Shrinkage\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.2 Other Factors Affecting Shrinkage\u003cbr\u003e5.4 Warpage\u003cbr\u003e5.4.1 Control of Warpage\u003cbr\u003e5.5 Residual Stress\u003cbr\u003e5.5.1 Short-Term Effects of Residual Stresses\u003cbr\u003e5.5.2 Long-Term Effects of Residual Stresses\u003cbr\u003e5.5.3 Cures for Residual Stress Problems\u003cbr\u003e5.6 Surface Decoration\u003cbr\u003e5.6.1 Painting\u003cbr\u003e5.6.2 Hot Stamping\u003cbr\u003e5.6.3 Adhesives\u003cbr\u003e5.6.4 In-Mould Decoration\u003cbr\u003e5.6.5 Post Molding Decoration\u003cbr\u003e5.7 Foaming in Rotational Molding\u003cbr\u003e5.7.1 Chemical Blowing Agent Technology\u003cbr\u003e5.7.2 Design of Foamed Sections\u003cbr\u003e5.7.3 Solid\/Foam Cross-Sections\u003cbr\u003e5.7.4 Solid\/Foam\/Solid Cross-Sections\u003cbr\u003eBibliography \u003cbr\u003eChapter 6 – The Future for Rotational Molding\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Materials\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Moulds\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Molding Equipment\u003cbr\u003e6.4 The Challenges\u003cbr\u003e6.5 The Role that the Molder Must Play\u003cbr\u003e6.6 The Role that the Suppliers Must Play\u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations and Acronyms\u003cbr\u003eIndex\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessor Roy J.CRAWFORD\u003c\/strong\u003e FREng B.Sc., Ph.D., D.Sc., FIMechE., FIM\u003cbr\u003eQueen's University, Belfast \u003cbr\u003eProfessor Roy Crawford obtained a first-class honors degree in Mechanical Engineering from the Queen's University of Belfast in 1970. He went on to obtain a Ph.D. degree relating to the processing and properties of plastics in 1973. He obtained a DSc degree for research work on plastics in 1987. Over the past 30 years, he has concentrated on studying the processing behavior of plastics. He has published over 250 papers in learned journals and conferences during this time. He is the author of 7 textbooks on plastics and engineering materials. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRoy Crawford is currently Pro Vice-Chancellor for Research and Development and Professor of Engineering Materials at Queen's University Belfast. From 1997 to 1999 he was Director of the Polymer Processing Research Centre at Queen's University. This Centre was established on the basis of the international reputation of the Rotational Molding Research Centre that he initiated at the University. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHe has been awarded a number of prizes for the high quality of his research work. In 1996 he received the prestigious Netlon Medal from the Institute of Materials for innovative contributions to the molding of plastics. He is Technical Director for the Association of Rotational Molders in Chicago, USA and Technical Editor for the Rotation Magazine, published in the USA. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eM. P. KEARNS\u003c\/strong\u003e B.Eng., M.Phil., C.Eng., MIChemE\u003cbr\u003eQueen's University, Belfast \u003cbr\u003eMark Kearns is the Rotational Molding Research Manager of the Polymer Processing Research Centre at Queen’s University, Belfast. He is a Chartered Chemical Engineer with an M.Phil Degree in Rotational Molding. He manages rotational molding research and development projects for companies and institutions across Europe, Australasia, and North America, and organizes the Association of Rotational Molders - sponsored, ‘Advanced Rotational Molding Training Seminars’ both in Belfast and North America. Mark has spent over ten years in rotational molding research, initially in Industry as a Development Engineer and Deputy Production Manager. He has published over 50 papers and conference proceedings on rotational molding and has delivered lectures on rotational molding in North America, Asia, Africa and Europe.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:05-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:05-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2003","additives","agent","ancillaries","automotive","book","canoes","containers","cooling","cores","disiloxanes","ducts","frame","heating","inserts","low pressure molding","machinery","manufacturing","medical equipment","moulding","p-processing","parts","polyethylene","polymer","release","rotational","rotational molding","silicones","speed","tanks","technology","toys","venting","Zinc Stearates"],"price":9000,"price_min":9000,"price_max":9000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378329732,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Practical Guide to Rotational Molding","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":9000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":0,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-387-7","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/51jQip1cC5L._SX400_BO1_204_203_200.jpg?v=1499953613"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/51jQip1cC5L._SX400_BO1_204_203_200.jpg?v=1499953613","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358721978461,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/51jQip1cC5L._SX400_BO1_204_203_200.jpg?v=1499953613"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/51jQip1cC5L._SX400_BO1_204_203_200.jpg?v=1499953613","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: R.J. Crawford and M.P. Kearns \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-387-7 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2003\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003epages 184\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nRotational molding is a low pressure, a high temperature manufacturing method for producing hollow one-piece plastic parts. The molding process dates back hundreds of years to the Swiss use of the method to make hollow chocolate eggs. The technology involves aspects ranging from mould design to mould heating and cooling, and remolding methods. Not all materials are suitable for the process - resin and additive selection are critical. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRotational moulding is a very competitive alternative to blow molding, thermoforming and injection molding for the manufacture of hollow plastic parts. It offers designers the chance to produce stress-free articles, with uniform wall thickness and complex shapes. Typical molded parts include bulk containers, tanks, canoes, toys, medical equipment, automotive parts, and ducts. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThere are many advantages associated with rotational molding. Firstly, the moulds are relatively simple and cheap, because the process is low pressure, unlike injection molding. The wall thickness of parts is more uniform and it is possible to alter the wall thickness without changing the mould. Complex parts with undercuts ad intricate contours can be manufactured relatively easily. There is also very little waste as the required weight of plastic to produce the part is placed inside the mould. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book – A Practical Guide to Rotational Molding – describes the basic aspects of rotational molding and includes information on the latest state of the art developments in the industry. A key feature of the approach is to use photographs wherever possible to illustrate the points that are being made. This book will be useful to those new to the industry, as well as those who are experienced in some aspects of the process. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe ever-changing nature of this industry means that it is very important for those involved in the manufacturing operation to keep abreast of the advances that are being made. The industry is becoming more competitive and customers are making increasing demands in terms of part quality and performance. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRotational molding is becoming a highly sophisticated manufacturing method for plastic parts. New mould and machine features, and advanced process control technologies, are being developed. This gives designers, and end users, access to new opportunities to create novel and innovative plastic moldings. New technologies such as mould internal air temperature measurement, mould pressurization, and one shot foaming are now available.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPreface \u003cbr\u003eChapter 1 – Introduction to the Rotational Molding Process\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e1.2 The Rotational Molding Process\u003cbr\u003e1.3 Overview of Rotational Molding\u003cbr\u003e1.4 Special Nature of Rotational Molding\u003cbr\u003e1.5 Advantages of Rotational Molding\u003cbr\u003e1.6 Disadvantages of Rotational Molding\u003cbr\u003e1.7 Common Applications for Rotomoulded Products\u003cbr\u003e1.7.1 Material Handling Products\u003cbr\u003e1.7.2 Industrial Products\u003cbr\u003e1.7.3 Environmental Products\u003cbr\u003e1.7.4 Leisure Products\u003cbr\u003e1.7.5 Marine Products\u003cbr\u003e1.7.6 Road Signage\u003cbr\u003eBibliography \u003cbr\u003eChapter 2 – Moulds\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Mould Materials\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Sheet Steel\u003cbr\u003e2.4 Aluminium\u003cbr\u003e2.5 Electroformed Nickel\u003cbr\u003e2.6 Comparison Between Mould Materials\u003cbr\u003e2.7 Mould Design\u003cbr\u003e2.7.1 Mould Frame\u003cbr\u003e2.7.2 Molded-in Inserts\u003cbr\u003e2.7.3 Molded-in Handles\u003cbr\u003e2.7.4 Temporary Inserts\u003cbr\u003e2.7.5 Movable Cores\u003cbr\u003e2.7.6 Threads\u003cbr\u003e2.7.7 Mould Venting\u003cbr\u003e2.7.8 Mould Surface Finish\u003cbr\u003e2.8 Mould Release\u003cbr\u003e2.8.1 Mould Preparation for Release Agent\u003cbr\u003e2.8.2 Reactive Systems\u003cbr\u003e2.8.2.1 Spray-on Zinc Stearates\u003cbr\u003e2.8.2.2 Silicones\u003cbr\u003e2.8.2.3 Disiloxanes\u003cbr\u003e2.8.3 Conventional Systems\u003cbr\u003e2.8.4 Permanent Systems\u003cbr\u003e2.8.5 Hybrid Systems\u003cbr\u003e2.9 Mould Cooling\u003cbr\u003e2.10 Mould Ancillaries\u003cbr\u003e2.11 Molding Aids\u003cbr\u003e2.12 Kiss-Offs\u003cbr\u003e2.13 Calculation of Charge Weight \u003cbr\u003eChapter 3 - Rotational Molding Machinery\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Types of Rotational Molding Machines\u003cbr\u003e3.2.1 Carousel Machines\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Shuttle Machines\u003cbr\u003e3.2.3 Clamshell Machines\u003cbr\u003e3.2.4 Rock and Roll Machines\u003cbr\u003e3.2.5 Other Types of Machines\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Mould Swing\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Mould Speed\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Speed Ratio\u003cbr\u003e3.6 Oven Air Flow Amplification\u003cbr\u003e3.7 Cooling\u003cbr\u003e3.8 Developments in Machine Control\u003cbr\u003e3.9 Internal Air Temperature Measurement in Rotational Molding\u003cbr\u003e3.10 Preparation of Rotolog for Molding Trials\u003cbr\u003e3.11 Monitoring Pressure Inside a Mould\u003cbr\u003eBibliography \u003cbr\u003eChapter 4 – Materials for Rotational Molding\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Typical Characteristics of Rotationally Molded Plastics\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Materials Used in Rotational Molding\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1 Low Density Polyethylene (LDPE)\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE)\u003cbr\u003e4.4.3 Medium Density Polyethylene (MDPE)\u003cbr\u003e4.4.4 Linear Low Density Polyethylene (LLDPE)\u003cbr\u003e4.4.5 Metallocene Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e4.4.6 Ethylene-Vinyl Acetate (EVA)\u003cbr\u003e4.4.7 Ethylene-Butyl Acrylate (EBA)\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Polypropylene (PP)\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Polyamides (Nylons)\u003cbr\u003e4.6.1 Nylon 6\u003cbr\u003e4.6.2 Nylon 11 and Nylon 12\u003cbr\u003e4.6.3 Reaction Injection Molding (RIM) Nylon\u003cbr\u003e4.7 Amorphous Materials\u003cbr\u003e4.7.1 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)\u003cbr\u003e4.7.2 Fluoropolymers\u003cbr\u003e4.8 Other Plastics\u003cbr\u003e4.9 Additives Used in Rotational Molding Materials\u003cbr\u003e4.9.1 Fillers\u003cbr\u003e4.9.2 Plasticizers\u003cbr\u003e4.9.3 Lubricants\u003cbr\u003e4.9.4 Stabilizers\u003cbr\u003e4.9.5 Anti-Oxidants\u003cbr\u003e4.9.6 Ultraviolet Stabilizers\u003cbr\u003e4.9.7 Flame Retardants\u003cbr\u003e4.9.8 Crosslinking Agents\u003cbr\u003e4.9.9 Foaming Agents\u003cbr\u003e4.9.10 Pigments\u003cbr\u003e4.10 Powders for Rotational Molding - Grinding or Pulverizing\u003cbr\u003e4.10.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e4.11 Particle Size Distribution\u003cbr\u003e4.12 Dry Flow\u003cbr\u003e4.13 Bulk Density\u003cbr\u003e4.14 Factors Affecting Powder Quality\u003cbr\u003e4.14.1 Gap Size\u003cbr\u003e4.14.2 Number of Mill Teeth\u003cbr\u003e4.14.3 Grinding Temperature\u003cbr\u003e4.15 Micropelletising\u003cbr\u003e4.16 Coloring of Plastics for Rotational Molding\u003cbr\u003e4.17 Types of Pigments\u003cbr\u003eBibliography \u003cbr\u003eChapter 5 – Quality Control in Rotational Molding\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Wall Thickness Distribution\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Shrinkage\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 Shrinkage Guidelines\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 Control of Shrinkage\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.1 Effect of Release Point on Shrinkage\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2.2 Other Factors Affecting Shrinkage\u003cbr\u003e5.4 Warpage\u003cbr\u003e5.4.1 Control of Warpage\u003cbr\u003e5.5 Residual Stress\u003cbr\u003e5.5.1 Short-Term Effects of Residual Stresses\u003cbr\u003e5.5.2 Long-Term Effects of Residual Stresses\u003cbr\u003e5.5.3 Cures for Residual Stress Problems\u003cbr\u003e5.6 Surface Decoration\u003cbr\u003e5.6.1 Painting\u003cbr\u003e5.6.2 Hot Stamping\u003cbr\u003e5.6.3 Adhesives\u003cbr\u003e5.6.4 In-Mould Decoration\u003cbr\u003e5.6.5 Post Molding Decoration\u003cbr\u003e5.7 Foaming in Rotational Molding\u003cbr\u003e5.7.1 Chemical Blowing Agent Technology\u003cbr\u003e5.7.2 Design of Foamed Sections\u003cbr\u003e5.7.3 Solid\/Foam Cross-Sections\u003cbr\u003e5.7.4 Solid\/Foam\/Solid Cross-Sections\u003cbr\u003eBibliography \u003cbr\u003eChapter 6 – The Future for Rotational Molding\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Materials\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Moulds\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Molding Equipment\u003cbr\u003e6.4 The Challenges\u003cbr\u003e6.5 The Role that the Molder Must Play\u003cbr\u003e6.6 The Role that the Suppliers Must Play\u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations and Acronyms\u003cbr\u003eIndex\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessor Roy J.CRAWFORD\u003c\/strong\u003e FREng B.Sc., Ph.D., D.Sc., FIMechE., FIM\u003cbr\u003eQueen's University, Belfast \u003cbr\u003eProfessor Roy Crawford obtained a first-class honors degree in Mechanical Engineering from the Queen's University of Belfast in 1970. He went on to obtain a Ph.D. degree relating to the processing and properties of plastics in 1973. He obtained a DSc degree for research work on plastics in 1987. Over the past 30 years, he has concentrated on studying the processing behavior of plastics. He has published over 250 papers in learned journals and conferences during this time. He is the author of 7 textbooks on plastics and engineering materials. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRoy Crawford is currently Pro Vice-Chancellor for Research and Development and Professor of Engineering Materials at Queen's University Belfast. From 1997 to 1999 he was Director of the Polymer Processing Research Centre at Queen's University. This Centre was established on the basis of the international reputation of the Rotational Molding Research Centre that he initiated at the University. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHe has been awarded a number of prizes for the high quality of his research work. In 1996 he received the prestigious Netlon Medal from the Institute of Materials for innovative contributions to the molding of plastics. He is Technical Director for the Association of Rotational Molders in Chicago, USA and Technical Editor for the Rotation Magazine, published in the USA. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eM. P. KEARNS\u003c\/strong\u003e B.Eng., M.Phil., C.Eng., MIChemE\u003cbr\u003eQueen's University, Belfast \u003cbr\u003eMark Kearns is the Rotational Molding Research Manager of the Polymer Processing Research Centre at Queen’s University, Belfast. He is a Chartered Chemical Engineer with an M.Phil Degree in Rotational Molding. He manages rotational molding research and development projects for companies and institutions across Europe, Australasia, and North America, and organizes the Association of Rotational Molders - sponsored, ‘Advanced Rotational Molding Training Seminars’ both in Belfast and North America. Mark has spent over ten years in rotational molding research, initially in Industry as a Development Engineer and Deputy Production Manager. He has published over 50 papers and conference proceedings on rotational molding and has delivered lectures on rotational molding in North America, Asia, Africa and Europe.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e"}
Description Author: Sergei Levchik, Marcelo Hirschler and Edward Weil ISBN 978-1-84735-442-6Published: 2011 Summary This Practical Guide presents one of the complete overviews of this important topic, covering smoke generation (including obscuration, toxicity, corrosivity), small and large scale smoke assessment, regulation of smoke, and methods of controlling smoke by plastics formulation. In particular, this book focuses...
$130.00
in stock
{"id":11242255172,"title":"Practical Guide to Smoke and Combustion Products from Burning PolymersGeneration, Assessment and Control","handle":"978-1-84735-442-6","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Sergei Levchik, Marcelo Hirschler and Edward Weil \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84735-442-6\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2011\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThis Practical Guide presents one of the complete overviews of this important topic, covering smoke generation (including obscuration, toxicity, corrosivity), small and large scale smoke assessment, regulation of smoke, and methods of controlling smoke by plastics formulation. In particular, this book focuses on the assessment of fire hazard and fire risks from combustion products and is an important book for plastics processors, regulatory personnel, and fire research and safety engineers. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book presents a state of the art overview of smoke formation from natural and synthetic polymeric materials. Also presented is a discussion on why different commercial polymers have different intrinsic tendencies to generate smoke and ways in which smoke generation can be assessed. Mechanisms and general approaches for decreasing smoke formation are examined.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book also gives an overview of flammability tests for measuring smoke formation. In particular, the criticality of assessing smoke formation in realistic scale is discussed. An overview is provided of regulations, codes, and standards for critical application of polymeric materials where smoke generation is controlled. Common commercial approaches to decrease smoke formation in specific polymer systems and for specific applications are also presented. Finally, a balanced opinion on the controversial issue of smoke and associated combustion gases is given.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:15:30-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:15:30-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2011","book","combustion","corrosivity","flammability","hazard","p-testing","plastics","polymer","smoke","toxicity"],"price":13000,"price_min":13000,"price_max":13000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378490692,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Practical Guide to Smoke and Combustion Products from Burning PolymersGeneration, Assessment and Control","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":13000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-84735-442-6","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-442-6.jpg?v=1499644061"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-442-6.jpg?v=1499644061","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358722928733,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.667,"height":499,"width":333,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-442-6.jpg?v=1499644061"},"aspect_ratio":0.667,"height":499,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-442-6.jpg?v=1499644061","width":333}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Sergei Levchik, Marcelo Hirschler and Edward Weil \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84735-442-6\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2011\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThis Practical Guide presents one of the complete overviews of this important topic, covering smoke generation (including obscuration, toxicity, corrosivity), small and large scale smoke assessment, regulation of smoke, and methods of controlling smoke by plastics formulation. In particular, this book focuses on the assessment of fire hazard and fire risks from combustion products and is an important book for plastics processors, regulatory personnel, and fire research and safety engineers. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book presents a state of the art overview of smoke formation from natural and synthetic polymeric materials. Also presented is a discussion on why different commercial polymers have different intrinsic tendencies to generate smoke and ways in which smoke generation can be assessed. Mechanisms and general approaches for decreasing smoke formation are examined.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book also gives an overview of flammability tests for measuring smoke formation. In particular, the criticality of assessing smoke formation in realistic scale is discussed. An overview is provided of regulations, codes, and standards for critical application of polymeric materials where smoke generation is controlled. Common commercial approaches to decrease smoke formation in specific polymer systems and for specific applications are also presented. Finally, a balanced opinion on the controversial issue of smoke and associated combustion gases is given.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e"}
Description Author: R.P. Brown and J.H. Greenwood ISBN 978-1-85957-312-9 Published: 2002 pages 180 Summary After price and delivery time, the most frequently asked question about a product is 'How long will it last?' Lifetime expectancy is often many years, the service conditions may be complex, and there is a scarcity of definitive data on durability. The situation...
$350.00
in stock
{"id":11242209412,"title":"Practical Guide to the Assessment of the Useful Life of Plastics","handle":"978-1-85957-312-9","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: R.P. Brown and J.H. Greenwood \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-312-9 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2002\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003epages 180\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAfter price and delivery time, the most frequently asked question about a product is 'How long will it last?' Lifetime expectancy is often many years, the service conditions may be complex, and there is a scarcity of definitive data on durability. The situation is complicated by the fact that there are a vast number of degradation agents, service conditions, properties of importance and different plastics. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThere are many inherent difficulties in designing durability tests. In many cases, the time scale involved is such that accelerated test conditions are essential. Whilst large amounts of durability data are generated by accelerated methods, much of it is only useful for quality control purposes and relatively little has been validated as being realistically capable of representing service. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMost assessments of the lifetime of plastics are made by considering some measure of performance, such as impact strength, and specifying some lower limit for the property, which is taken as the endpoint. Lifetime is not necessarily measured in time. For example, for some products, it will be thought of as the number of cycles of use.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe object of this publication is to provide practical guidance on assessing the useful service life of plastics. It describes test procedures and extrapolation techniques together with the inherent limitations and problems. The Guide aims to make available the wealth of information that can be applied to help maximise the effectiveness of a durability-testing programme. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis guide seeks to be comprehensive but concentrates on the most common environmental effects causing degradation. The test procedures used are outlined and the relevant textbooks and international standards are well referenced. Examples of lifetime testing studies are cited.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book will be useful for anyone responsible for designing, manufacturing or testing plastic components. It will also be of benefit to suppliers and users of end products, as an assessment of useful lifetime is critical to the economics and safety aspects of any component.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1. Introduction\u003cbr\u003e2. Definition of the Polymer\u003cbr\u003e3. What is Failure?\u003cbr\u003e4. Agents and Mechanisms of Degradation\u003cbr\u003e5. Real and Simulated Service Conditions\u003cbr\u003e6. Accelerated Tests\u003cbr\u003e7. Parameters to Monitor Degradation\u003cbr\u003e8. Prediction Techniques\u003cbr\u003e9. Limitations, Pitfalls, and Uncertainties\u003cbr\u003e10. Condition Monitoring and Residual Life Assessment\u003cbr\u003e11. Data Available\u003cbr\u003e12. Examples of Current Practice\u003cbr\u003e13. Conclusion\u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations and Acronyms\u003cbr\u003eIndex\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoger Brown\u003c\/strong\u003e is an internationally acknowledged expert on physical testing and quality assurance of polymers. He has published more than 70 technical papers and three standard textbooks on testing. In addition, he is editor of the journal Polymer Testing and co-editor of the newsletter The Test Report. He has over 25 years experience of running the testing laboratories and services at Rapra. Roger is active on many Standards committees.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDr. John Greenwood\u003c\/strong\u003e studied at Cambridge and has worked for over thirty years on non-metallic materials for companies in America and Europe. He is an authority on mechanical testing and lifetime prediction of polymer and composite materials including pipes and geosynthetics. He has published extensively, including patents, and is the convenor of working groups for the\u003cbr\u003estandardisation of geotextiles and fuel pipes. He is currently non-metals\u003cbr\u003econsultant at ERA.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:06-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:06-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2002","accelerated tests","book","conditions","degradation","durability","durability-testing","failure","p-testing","plastics","polymer","testing","weathering"],"price":35000,"price_min":35000,"price_max":35000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378329924,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Practical Guide to the Assessment of the Useful Life of Plastics","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":35000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-312-9","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-312-9.jpg?v=1499953651"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-312-9.jpg?v=1499953651","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358723780701,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-312-9.jpg?v=1499953651"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-312-9.jpg?v=1499953651","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: R.P. Brown and J.H. Greenwood \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-312-9 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2002\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003epages 180\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAfter price and delivery time, the most frequently asked question about a product is 'How long will it last?' Lifetime expectancy is often many years, the service conditions may be complex, and there is a scarcity of definitive data on durability. The situation is complicated by the fact that there are a vast number of degradation agents, service conditions, properties of importance and different plastics. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThere are many inherent difficulties in designing durability tests. In many cases, the time scale involved is such that accelerated test conditions are essential. Whilst large amounts of durability data are generated by accelerated methods, much of it is only useful for quality control purposes and relatively little has been validated as being realistically capable of representing service. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMost assessments of the lifetime of plastics are made by considering some measure of performance, such as impact strength, and specifying some lower limit for the property, which is taken as the endpoint. Lifetime is not necessarily measured in time. For example, for some products, it will be thought of as the number of cycles of use.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe object of this publication is to provide practical guidance on assessing the useful service life of plastics. It describes test procedures and extrapolation techniques together with the inherent limitations and problems. The Guide aims to make available the wealth of information that can be applied to help maximise the effectiveness of a durability-testing programme. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis guide seeks to be comprehensive but concentrates on the most common environmental effects causing degradation. The test procedures used are outlined and the relevant textbooks and international standards are well referenced. Examples of lifetime testing studies are cited.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book will be useful for anyone responsible for designing, manufacturing or testing plastic components. It will also be of benefit to suppliers and users of end products, as an assessment of useful lifetime is critical to the economics and safety aspects of any component.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1. Introduction\u003cbr\u003e2. Definition of the Polymer\u003cbr\u003e3. What is Failure?\u003cbr\u003e4. Agents and Mechanisms of Degradation\u003cbr\u003e5. Real and Simulated Service Conditions\u003cbr\u003e6. Accelerated Tests\u003cbr\u003e7. Parameters to Monitor Degradation\u003cbr\u003e8. Prediction Techniques\u003cbr\u003e9. Limitations, Pitfalls, and Uncertainties\u003cbr\u003e10. Condition Monitoring and Residual Life Assessment\u003cbr\u003e11. Data Available\u003cbr\u003e12. Examples of Current Practice\u003cbr\u003e13. Conclusion\u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations and Acronyms\u003cbr\u003eIndex\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoger Brown\u003c\/strong\u003e is an internationally acknowledged expert on physical testing and quality assurance of polymers. He has published more than 70 technical papers and three standard textbooks on testing. In addition, he is editor of the journal Polymer Testing and co-editor of the newsletter The Test Report. He has over 25 years experience of running the testing laboratories and services at Rapra. Roger is active on many Standards committees.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDr. John Greenwood\u003c\/strong\u003e studied at Cambridge and has worked for over thirty years on non-metallic materials for companies in America and Europe. He is an authority on mechanical testing and lifetime prediction of polymer and composite materials including pipes and geosynthetics. He has published extensively, including patents, and is the convenor of working groups for the\u003cbr\u003estandardisation of geotextiles and fuel pipes. He is currently non-metals\u003cbr\u003econsultant at ERA.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e"}
Description Author: Prof. D. Acierno, Prof. F. P. La Mantia 10-ISBN 1-895198-04-6 13-ISBN 978-1-895198-04-1University of Salerno and University of Palermo, ItalyPublished: 1993230 pages, 11 tables, 152 figures Summary Liquid crystalline polymers receive a great deal of attention for their impact on polymer structure and morphology understanding and their practical applications. Practical benefits of LPCs use are numerous:A...
$125.00
in stock
{"id":11242238340,"title":"Processing and Properties of Liquid Crystalline Polymers and LCP Based Blends","handle":"1-895198-04-6","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Prof. D. Acierno, Prof. F. P. La Mantia \u003cbr\u003e10-ISBN 1-895198-04-6 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e13-ISBN 978-1-895198-04-1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUniversity of Salerno and University of Palermo, Italy\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 1993\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e230 pages, 11 tables, 152 figures\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nLiquid crystalline polymers receive a great deal of attention for their impact on polymer structure and morphology understanding and their practical applications. \u003cbr\u003ePractical benefits of LPCs use are numerous:\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA small addition (5%) reduces blend viscosity they are excellent processing aids LCPs can be blended with common thermoplasts using the existing process technology in situ composites produced in simple process small additions act as a reinforcing phase ultra-high moduli, characteristic for high performance materials, are due to a high degree of crystallinity and molecular orientation materials of high mechanical stiffness result LCP particles elongate into fibrils, oriented in machine direction LCPs lower polymer melting temperature that allows to process polymers whose high processing temperature represents severe restriction.\u003cbr\u003eThe above mentioned and other important phenomena are discussed and illustrated by numerous examples in this book.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" color=\"#000031\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eStructure and rheology of Aramid solutions: relation to the Aramid fiber modulus. S. J. Picken, M. G. Northold, and S. van der Zwaag \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" color=\"#000031\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eMechanical\/thermal pretreatment of LCP melts and its influence on the rheological behavior of these polymers. K. Geiger \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" color=\"#000031\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eSynthesis, processing, and properties of semirigid, thermotropic LC copolymers. U. Pedretti, A. Roggero, V. Citta, E. Montani, F. P. La Mantia, and P. L. Magagnini \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" color=\"#000031\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eThe rheology of LCP blends. M. Hawksworth, J. B. Hull, and A. A. Collyer \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" color=\"#000031\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eMulticomponent blends based of LCP. V. Kulichikhin, A. Bilibin, M. Zabugina, A. Semakov, and R. Zakharyan \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" color=\"#000031\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eMelt rheology and morphology of in situ composites. M. Kozlowski \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" color=\"#000031\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eThermotropic polymer composites. E. Suokas, P. Jarvela, and P. Tormala \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" color=\"#000031\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eCharacterization of blends of poly(phenylene sulfide) with LC copolyesteramide. L. I. Minkova, S. De Petris, M. Paci, M. Pracella, and P. L. Magagnini \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" color=\"#000031\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eBlends of polycarbonate with LCP. A. Valenza, V. Citta, U. Pedretti, F. P. La Mantia, M. Paci, and P. L. Magagnini \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" color=\"#000031\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eBlends based on engineering polymers: the effect of the inclusion of thermotropic LCPs on the physical properties of the matrix. M. R. Nobile, L. Incarnato, G. Marino, and D. Acierno \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" color=\"#000031\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eFormation and stability of LCP fibers in a thermoplastic elastomeric matrix. H. Verhoogt, C. R. J. Willems, H. C. Langelaan, J. van Dam, and A. Posthuma de Boer \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:38-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:14:38-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["1993","applications","blends","book","crystalline","crystallinity","fibers","fibrils","LCP","liquid","melts","morphology","p-structural","polymer","polymerization","polymers","process","rheology","stability","stiffness","structure","viscosity"],"price":12500,"price_min":12500,"price_max":12500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378428100,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Processing and Properties of Liquid Crystalline Polymers and LCP Based Blends","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":12500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"1-895198-04-6","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/1-895198-04-6.jpg?v=1504014768"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/1-895198-04-6.jpg?v=1504014768","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":412803629149,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/1-895198-04-6.jpg?v=1504014768"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/1-895198-04-6.jpg?v=1504014768","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Prof. D. Acierno, Prof. F. P. La Mantia \u003cbr\u003e10-ISBN 1-895198-04-6 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e13-ISBN 978-1-895198-04-1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUniversity of Salerno and University of Palermo, Italy\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 1993\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e230 pages, 11 tables, 152 figures\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nLiquid crystalline polymers receive a great deal of attention for their impact on polymer structure and morphology understanding and their practical applications. \u003cbr\u003ePractical benefits of LPCs use are numerous:\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA small addition (5%) reduces blend viscosity they are excellent processing aids LCPs can be blended with common thermoplasts using the existing process technology in situ composites produced in simple process small additions act as a reinforcing phase ultra-high moduli, characteristic for high performance materials, are due to a high degree of crystallinity and molecular orientation materials of high mechanical stiffness result LCP particles elongate into fibrils, oriented in machine direction LCPs lower polymer melting temperature that allows to process polymers whose high processing temperature represents severe restriction.\u003cbr\u003eThe above mentioned and other important phenomena are discussed and illustrated by numerous examples in this book.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" color=\"#000031\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eStructure and rheology of Aramid solutions: relation to the Aramid fiber modulus. S. J. Picken, M. G. Northold, and S. van der Zwaag \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" color=\"#000031\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eMechanical\/thermal pretreatment of LCP melts and its influence on the rheological behavior of these polymers. K. Geiger \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" color=\"#000031\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eSynthesis, processing, and properties of semirigid, thermotropic LC copolymers. U. Pedretti, A. Roggero, V. Citta, E. Montani, F. P. La Mantia, and P. L. Magagnini \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" color=\"#000031\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eThe rheology of LCP blends. M. Hawksworth, J. B. Hull, and A. A. Collyer \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" color=\"#000031\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eMulticomponent blends based of LCP. V. Kulichikhin, A. Bilibin, M. Zabugina, A. Semakov, and R. Zakharyan \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" color=\"#000031\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eMelt rheology and morphology of in situ composites. M. Kozlowski \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" color=\"#000031\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eThermotropic polymer composites. E. Suokas, P. Jarvela, and P. Tormala \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" color=\"#000031\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eCharacterization of blends of poly(phenylene sulfide) with LC copolyesteramide. L. I. Minkova, S. De Petris, M. Paci, M. Pracella, and P. L. Magagnini \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" color=\"#000031\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eBlends of polycarbonate with LCP. A. Valenza, V. Citta, U. Pedretti, F. P. La Mantia, M. Paci, and P. L. Magagnini \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" color=\"#000031\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eBlends based on engineering polymers: the effect of the inclusion of thermotropic LCPs on the physical properties of the matrix. M. R. Nobile, L. Incarnato, G. Marino, and D. Acierno \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan size=\"1\" color=\"#000031\" face=\"verdana,geneva\" style=\"color: #000031; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: xx-small;\"\u003eFormation and stability of LCP fibers in a thermoplastic elastomeric matrix. H. Verhoogt, C. R. J. Willems, H. C. Langelaan, J. van Dam, and A. Posthuma de Boer \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e"}